TWI632202B - Colored composition, cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device - Google Patents

Colored composition, cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI632202B
TWI632202B TW104100133A TW104100133A TWI632202B TW I632202 B TWI632202 B TW I632202B TW 104100133 A TW104100133 A TW 104100133A TW 104100133 A TW104100133 A TW 104100133A TW I632202 B TWI632202 B TW I632202B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
formula
compound
pigment
atom
Prior art date
Application number
TW104100133A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201529746A (en
Inventor
伊藤純一
金子祐士
佐佐木大輔
尾田和也
Original Assignee
富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201529746A publication Critical patent/TW201529746A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI632202B publication Critical patent/TWI632202B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/10Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
    • C09B11/24Phthaleins containing amino groups ; Phthalanes; Fluoranes; Phthalides; Rhodamine dyes; Phthaleins having heterocyclic aryl rings; Lactone or lactame forms of triarylmethane dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/103Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing a diaryl- or triarylmethane dye
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種顯影時不會產生分光變動,並可獲得耐熱性優異的硬化膜的著色組成物,以及使用所述著色組成物的硬化膜、彩色濾光片的製造方法、彩色濾光片、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。所述著色組成物包括含有由下述通式所表示的重複單元的色素多聚體、及硬化性化合物;R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基,R2及R4分別獨立地為芳香族烴基,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,R11~R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、羰基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、或磺醯基。 The present invention provides a colored composition which does not cause spectroscopic fluctuation during development, and which can obtain a cured film having excellent heat resistance, a cured film using the colored composition, a method for producing a color filter, a color filter, Solid-state imaging device and image display device. The coloring composition includes a dye multimer including a repeating unit represented by the following formula, and a curable compound; R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and R 2 and R 4 are each independently The aromatic hydrocarbon group, R 5 to R 10 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a carbonyl group. Nitro, amine, alkylamino, arylamine, or sulfonyl.

Description

著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片的製造方法、彩 色濾光片、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置 Coloring composition, cured film, method for producing color filter, color Color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

本發明是有關於一種著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片的製造方法、彩色濾光片、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to a coloring composition, a cured film, a method of producing a color filter, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device.

先前,彩色濾光片藉由如下方式來製造:使用包含色素化合物、硬化性化合物及視需要的其他成分的著色組成物,並藉由光微影法或乾式蝕刻法等來形成著色圖案。此種著色組成物可用於形成固體攝像元件或圖像顯示裝置的彩色濾光片層。 Previously, a color filter was produced by using a coloring composition containing a dye compound, a curable compound, and other components as needed, and forming a colored pattern by photolithography or dry etching. Such a coloring composition can be used to form a solid color imaging element or a color filter layer of an image display device.

此處,關於呫噸化合物,例如於專利文獻1及專利文獻2中有記載。另外,於專利文獻3中揭示有一種含有色素多聚體的著色硬化性組成物,所述色素多聚體含有源自呫噸化合物的色素部位作為部分結構。 Here, the xanthene compound is described, for example, in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2. Further, Patent Document 3 discloses a coloring curable composition containing a dye multimer, which contains a dye moiety derived from a xanthene compound as a partial structure.

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]國際公開WO2013/089197號手冊 [Patent Document 1] International Publication WO2013/089197

[專利文獻2]國際公開WO2013/146218號手冊 [Patent Document 2] International Publication WO2013/146218

[專利文獻3]日本專利特開2012-32754號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-32754

此處,與如專利文獻1及專利文獻2中所記載的低分子化合物相比,色素多聚體具有如下的優點:可提高著色組成物中的色素濃度,並且於製成硬化膜時,色素化合物不易脫離。但是,本申請案發明者進行了研究,結果可知於具有特定的結構的呫噸色素化合物中,存在顯影時產生分光變動、或耐光性欠佳的傾向。本發明是以解決所述課題為目的者,其目的在於提供一種顯影時不會產生分光變動,並可獲得耐光性優異的硬化膜的著色組成物,以及使用所述著色組成物的硬化膜、彩色濾光片的製造方法、彩色濾光片、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。 Here, the dye multimer has an advantage that the pigment concentration in the colored composition can be increased and the pigment is formed when the cured film is formed, as compared with the low molecular compound described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2. The compound is not easily detached. However, as a result of investigations by the inventors of the present invention, it has been found that a xanthene dye compound having a specific structure tends to cause spectroscopic fluctuation during development or poor light resistance. The present invention has an object of solving the above problems, and an object of the invention is to provide a colored composition which does not cause spectroscopic fluctuation during development, and which can obtain a cured film having excellent light resistance, and a cured film using the colored composition. A method of manufacturing a color filter, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device.

本申請案發明者基於所述狀況而進行了努力研究,結果發現於含有具有呫噸色素結構的重複單元的色素多聚體中,採用規定的呫噸色素結構,藉此可解決所述課題。具體而言,藉由下述手段<1>,較佳為藉由手段<2>~手段<16>來解決所述課題。 The inventors of the present invention have conducted intensive studies based on the above-mentioned conditions, and as a result, it has been found that a predetermined xanthene dye structure is used in a dye multimer having a repeating unit having a xanthene dye structure, whereby the above problem can be solved. Specifically, the above problem is preferably solved by means <2> to <16> by the following means <1>.

<1>一種著色組成物,其包括:色素多聚體,含有由通式(A1-1)所表示的重複單元及/或由通式(A1-2)所表示的重複單元;以及 硬化性化合物; 通式(A1-1) <1> A coloring composition comprising: a dye multimer comprising a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-1) and/or a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-2); and hardenability Compound; general formula (A1-1)

通式(A1-1)中,R1~R15中的1個為由下述通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,R1~R15的另外至少1個為陰離子性基或具有陰離子性基的取代基,R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基,R2及R4分別獨立地為芳香族烴基,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,R11~R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、羰基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、或磺醯基;通式(A1-1-1)[化2] In the general formula (A1-1), one of R 1 to R 15 is a main chain structure represented by the following general formula (A1-1-1), and at least one of R 1 to R 15 is an anion. a substituent or an anion group-containing substituent, R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, R 2 and R 4 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 5 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen. An atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a carbonyl group, a nitro group, an amine group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, or Sulfhydryl group; general formula (A1-1-1) [Chemical 2]

通式(A1-1-1)中,L11表示單鍵或二價的連結基,RX表示氫原子、甲基、羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基;通式(A1-2) In the formula (A1-1-1), L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group; and the formula (A1-2)

通式(A1-2)中,R1~R15中的1個包含由所述通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基,R2及R4分別獨立地為芳香族烴基,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,R11~R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、羰基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、或磺醯基;X表示與呫噸的陽離子形成相對鹽(anti-salt)的陰離子。 In the general formula (A1-2), one of R 1 to R 15 includes a main chain structure represented by the above formula (A1-1-1), and R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. R 2 and R 4 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 5 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen. Atom, alkyl, aryl, carbonyl, nitro, amine, alkylamino, arylamine, or sulfonyl; X represents an anion forming an anti-salt with a cation of xanthene.

<2>如<1>所述的著色組成物,其中通式(A1-1)中的陰 離子性基包含羧酸根陰離子、磺酸根陰離子、由通式(A1-1-2)所表示的陰離子或由通式(A1-1-3)所表示的陰離子,或者通式(A1-2)中的X為羧酸根陰離子、磺酸根陰離子、醯亞胺陰離子、甲基化物陰離子、及硼酸鹽陰離子中的任一種陰離子; <2> The colored composition according to <1>, wherein the yin in the formula (A1-1) The ionic group includes a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, an anion represented by the formula (A1-1-2) or an anion represented by the formula (A1-1-3), or a formula (A1-2) X in the group is a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, a quinone imine anion, a methide anion, and a borate anion;

通式(A1-1-2) General formula (A1-1-2)

通式(A1-1-2)中,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,L2表示-SO2-或-CO-,G表示碳原子或氮原子,當G為碳原子時,n1表示2,當G為氮原子時,n1表示1,R6表示含有氟原子的烷基或含有氟原子的芳基,當n1為2時,2個R6彼此可相同,亦可不同; In the formula (A1-1-2), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, L 2 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-, and G represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and when G is a carbon atom, N1 represents 2, when G is a nitrogen atom, n1 represents 1, R 6 represents an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom, and when n1 is 2, two R 6 's may be the same or different;

通式(A1-1-3) General formula (A1-1-3)

通式(A1-1-3)中,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,L2表示-SO2-或-CO-,L3表示二價的連結基,G表示碳原子或氮原子,當G為碳原子時,n2表示1,當G為氮原子時,n2表示0,R7A及R7B分別獨立地表示含有氟原子的伸烷基或含有氟原子的伸芳基,RX表示氫原子、甲基、羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基。 In the formula (A1-1-3), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, L 2 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-, L 3 represents a divalent linking group, and G represents a carbon atom or nitrogen. An atom, when G is a carbon atom, n2 represents 1, and when G is a nitrogen atom, n2 represents 0, and R 7A and R 7B each independently represent an alkylene group containing a fluorine atom or an extended aryl group containing a fluorine atom, R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group.

<3>如<1>或<2>所述的著色組成物,其中色素多聚體進而具有鹼可溶性基。 <3> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the dye multimer further has an alkali-soluble group.

<4>如<1>至<3>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中色素多聚體進而具有聚合性基。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <3> wherein the dye multimer further has a polymerizable group.

<5>如<1>至<4>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中硬化性化合物為聚合性化合物,且進而含有光聚合起始劑。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <4> wherein the curable compound is a polymerizable compound and further contains a photopolymerization initiator.

<6>如<1>至<5>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其更包括具有酞青骨架的顏料。 <6> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <5> which further comprises a pigment having an indigo skeleton.

<7>如<1>至<6>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中通式(A1-1)的R11~R15的1個及通式(A1-2)的R11~R15的1個為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構。 <7> The <1> to <6> The coloring composition according to any one of the general formula wherein R R to (A1-1) and 11 ~ R 1 th formula (A1-2) 15 11 One of ~R 15 is a main chain structure represented by the general formula (A1-1-1).

<8>如<1>至<7>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中通式(A1-1)的R2及R4、以及通式(A1-2)的R2及R4為苯基。 <8> The <1> to <7> The coloring composition according to any one of wherein R and R of the general formula R 2 (A1-1) is 4, and the formula (A1-2) is 2 and R 4 is a phenyl group.

<9>如<1>至<8>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中通式(A1-1)的R2及R4、以及通式(A1-2)的R2及R4的至少1個由下述通式(A1-1-2)表示; <9> The <1> to the coloring composition of <8> to any preceding claim, wherein R and R of the general formula R 2 (A1-1) is 4, and the formula (A1-2) is 2 and R At least one of 4 is represented by the following general formula (A1-1-2);

通式(A1-1-2)中,R23~R25分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、羥基、烷氧基、碳數為1~12的烷基、羰基、羰基醯胺基、磺醯基、磺醯基醯胺基、硝基、胺基、胺基羰基、胺基磺醯基、磺醯基醯亞胺基或羰基醯亞胺基,R22及R26分別獨立地表示碳數為1~5的烷基。 In the formula (A1-1-2), R 23 to R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carbonyl guanamine group, or a sulfonate. a mercapto group, a sulfonylamino group, a nitro group, an amine group, an aminocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group, a sulfonyl quinone imine group or a carbonyl fluorenylene group, and R 22 and R 26 each independently represent a carbon The number is 1 to 5 alkyl groups.

<10>如<1>至<9>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中通式(A1-1)的R1及R3、以及通式(A1-2)的R1及R3分別獨立地為碳數為1~5的烷基。 <10> The <1> to <9> The coloring composition according to any one of the general formula wherein R R (A1-1) 1 and R 3, and the formula (A1-2) is 1 and R 3 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

<11>如<1>至<10>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。 <11> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10> which is used for forming a coloring layer of a color filter.

<12>一種硬化膜,其是使如<1>至<11>中任一項所述的著色組成物硬化而獲得。 <12> A cured film obtained by curing the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <11>.

<13>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括:使用如<1>至<11>中任一項所述的著色組成物於支撐體上形成著色組成物層的步驟;將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及對經曝光的著色組成物層的未曝光部進行顯影的步驟。 <13> A method of producing a color filter, comprising: a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <11>; a step of exposing the layer to a pattern; and developing the unexposed portion of the exposed colored composition layer.

<14>一種彩色濾光片,其包括如<12>所述的硬化膜、或 藉由如<13>所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法而獲得。 <14> A color filter comprising the cured film according to <12>, or It is obtained by the method of producing a color filter as described in <13>.

<15>一種固體攝像元件,其包括如<14>所述的彩色濾光片。 <15> A solid-state image pickup element comprising the color filter according to <14>.

<16>一種圖像顯示裝置,其包括如<14>所述的彩色濾光片。 <16> An image display device comprising the color filter of <14>.

藉由本發明,可提供一種顯影時不會產生分光變動,並可獲得耐光性優異的硬化膜的著色組成物,以及使用所述著色組成物的硬化膜、彩色濾光片的製造方法、彩色濾光片、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored composition which does not cause spectroscopic fluctuation during development, and which can obtain a cured film having excellent light resistance, a cured film using the colored composition, a method for producing a color filter, and a color filter. Light sheet, solid-state imaging element, and image display device.

以下,對本發明的著色組成物、硬化膜、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、彩色濾光片、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置進行詳述。 Hereinafter, the coloring composition, the cured film, the pattern forming method, the method of producing the color filter, the color filter, the solid-state image sensor, and the image display device of the present invention will be described in detail.

以下所記載的本發明中的構成要素的說明有時基於本發明的具有代表性的實施形態來進行,但本發明並不限定於此種實施形態。 The description of the constituent elements of the present invention described below may be carried out based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment.

於本說明書中的基(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具有取代基的基(原子團),並且亦包含具有取代基的基(原子團)。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具 有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 In the expression of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the substituted and unsubstituted expressions are not described as including a group having no substituent (atomic group), and also a group having a substituent (atomic group). For example, the so-called "alkyl" not only contains no The alkyl group having an substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) also includes an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).

另外,本說明書中的「放射線」是指例如水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(極紫外(Extreme Ultraviolet,EUV)光)、X射線、電子束等。另外,於本發明中,光是指光化射線或放射線。只要事先無特別說明,則本說明書中的「曝光」不僅包含利用水銀燈、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、X射線、EUV光等進行的曝光,利用電子束、離子束等粒子束進行的描繪亦包含於曝光中。 In addition, the term "radiation" in the present specification means, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, a far ultraviolet ray represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet ray (Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) light), an X-ray, an electron beam, or the like. Further, in the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation. The "exposure" in the present specification includes exposure using a mercury lamp, a far-ultraviolet light represented by a pseudo-molecular laser, X-rays, EUV light, or the like, and is performed by a particle beam such as an electron beam or an ion beam, unless otherwise specified. The depiction is also included in the exposure.

於本說明書中,使用「~」來表示的數值範圍是指包含「~」的前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的範圍。 In the present specification, the numerical range expressed by "~" means a range including the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit.

於本說明書中,所謂總固體成分,是指自著色組成物的總組成中去除溶劑後的成分的總質量。 In the present specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components after the solvent is removed from the total composition of the coloring composition.

本說明書中的固體成分濃度是指25℃下的固體成分的濃度。 The solid content concentration in the present specification means the concentration of a solid component at 25 °C.

另外,於本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯的兩者、或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸的兩者、或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的兩者、或任一者。 In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" means either or both of acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, or Either "(meth)acryloyl group" means either or both of an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.

另外,於本說明書中,「單量體」與「單體」的含義相同。本說明書中的單量體有別於寡聚物及聚合物,是指重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。於本說明書中,所謂聚合性化合物,是指具有聚合性官能基的化合物,可為單量體,亦可為聚合物。所謂 聚合性官能基,是指參與聚合反應的基。 In addition, in this specification, "single quantity" and "monomer" have the same meaning. The monomer in the present specification is different from the oligomer and the polymer, and means a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. So-called The polymerizable functional group means a group which participates in a polymerization reaction.

於本說明書中,「步驟」這一用語不僅是指獨立的步驟,即便於無法與其他步驟明確地加以區分的情形下,只要達成該步驟的預期的作用,則亦包含於本用語中。 In the present specification, the term "step" means not only an independent step, but even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, it is included in the term as long as the intended effect of the step is achieved.

本發明是鑒於所述狀況而成者,其目的在於提供一種顏色特性優異的著色組成物。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a coloring composition excellent in color characteristics.

於本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量作為藉由凝膠滲透層析法(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)測定所得的聚苯乙烯換算值來定義。於本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如可藉由如下方式來求出:使用HLC-8220(東曹(Tosoh)(股份)製造),並將TSKgel Super AWM-H(東曹(股份)製造,6.0mm內徑(Inner Diameter,ID)×15.0cm)用作管柱,將10mmol/L的溴化鋰N-甲基吡咯啶酮(N-Methylpyrrolidinone,NMP)溶液用作溶離液。 In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene-converted values obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained, for example, by using HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) and TSKgel Super AWM- H (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd., 6.0 mm inner diameter (Inner Diameter, ID) × 15.0 cm) was used as a column, and 10 mmol/L of lithium bromide N-methylpyrrolidine (NMP) solution was used. As a solution.

於本說明書中,有時將甲基表示成Me,將乙基表示成Et,將丙基表示成Pr,將丁基表示成Bu,將苯基表示成PH或Ph。 In the present specification, a methyl group is sometimes represented by Me, an ethyl group is represented by Et, a propyl group is represented by Pr, a butyl group is represented by Bu, and a phenyl group is represented by PH or Ph.

本發明的著色組成物(以下,有時簡稱為「本發明的組成物」)包括:色素多聚體,含有由通式(A1-1)所表示的重複單元及/或由通式(A1-2)所表示的重複單元;以及硬化性化合物。 The colored composition of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "the composition of the present invention") includes a dye multimer, and contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-1) and/or a formula (A1). -2) a repeating unit represented; and a curable compound.

通式(A1-1)[化7] General formula (A1-1) [Chemical 7]

通式(A1-1)中,R1~R15中的1個為由下述通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,R1~R15的另外至少1個為陰離子性基或具有陰離子性基的取代基,R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基,R2及R4分別獨立地為芳香族烴基,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,R11~R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、羰基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、或磺醯基; In the general formula (A1-1), one of R 1 to R 15 is a main chain structure represented by the following general formula (A1-1-1), and at least one of R 1 to R 15 is an anion. a substituent or an anion group-containing substituent, R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, R 2 and R 4 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 5 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen. An atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a carbonyl group, a nitro group, an amine group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, or Sulfonyl

通式(A1-1-1) General formula (A1-1-1)

通式(A1-1-1)中,L11表示單鍵或二價的連結基,RX表示氫原子、甲基、羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基; 通式(A1-2) In the formula (A1-1-1), L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group; and the formula (A1-2)

通式(A1-2)中,R1~R15中的1個包含由所述通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基,R2及R4分別獨立地為芳香族烴基,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,R11~R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、羰基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、或磺醯基;X表示與呫噸的陽離子形成相對鹽的陰離子。 In the general formula (A1-2), one of R 1 to R 15 includes a main chain structure represented by the above formula (A1-1-1), and R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. R 2 and R 4 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 5 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen. An atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a carbonyl group, a nitro group, an amine group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, or a sulfonyl group; and X represents an anion which forms a relative salt with a cation of xanthene.

藉由設為此種構成,而可獲得鹼顯影時不會產生分光變動,並可獲得耐熱性優異的硬化膜的著色組成物。 According to this configuration, it is possible to obtain a colored composition of a cured film which does not cause spectroscopic fluctuation during alkali development and which is excellent in heat resistance.

雖然其機制為推斷,但可認為如下所述。 Although the mechanism is inferred, it can be considered as follows.

已知染料的光褪色的途徑有多種,但於耐光性試驗條件下,化學種時常暴露於光中。有如下的途徑:於此種條件下,產生以單態氧(singlet oxygen)為代表的親電子種,該些與染料進行反應,藉此褪色。關於與親電子種的反應性,染料的氧化電位佔支配地位,氧化電位越高,越容易奪走電子並褪色。但是,於染料 中存在電子分佈,最高佔據分子軌道(Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital,HOMO)等電位比較高的部分成為容易與親電子種進行反應的部分,但若存在立體性地體積大等降低反應性的因素,則有時亦不易產生褪色。 There are many ways in which the light fading of dyes is known, but under the light resistance test conditions, the chemical species are often exposed to light. There are the following ways: Under such conditions, an electrophilic species typified by singlet oxygen is generated, which reacts with the dye to thereby fade. Regarding the reactivity with electrophilic species, the oxidation potential of the dye dominates, and the higher the oxidation potential, the easier it is to take away electrons and fade. However, in dyes There is an electron distribution, and a portion having a relatively high potential such as a Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital (HOMO) is a portion that easily reacts with an electrophilic species, but if there is a factor such as a large volume which is three-dimensionally large and reduces reactivity, Sometimes it is not easy to produce fading.

於本發明中所使用的呫噸結構的情況下,可認為氮原子是容易與親電子種進行反應的部分。此處,可認為當氮原子的取代基為烷基等供電子性基時,氧化電位進一步上升,因此容易褪色,若為苯基等拉電子基,則氧化電位下降而難以褪色。於本發明中,推斷藉由將鍵結於呫噸結構的氮原子上的基設為脂肪族烴基與芳香族烴基,而可提高耐光性。 In the case of the xanthene structure used in the present invention, the nitrogen atom is considered to be a portion which easily reacts with the electrophilic species. Here, when the substituent of the nitrogen atom is an electron-donating group such as an alkyl group, the oxidation potential is further increased, and thus the color is easily discolored. When the electron-donating group such as a phenyl group is used, the oxidation potential is lowered and fading is difficult. In the present invention, it is estimated that the light resistance can be improved by setting the group bonded to the nitrogen atom of the xanthene structure to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.

另外,本發明的著色組成物通常為了去除未曝光部分而進行鹼顯影處理。此時,鹼性顯影液的一部分亦滲透至曝光部的圖案中,因此染料暴露於鹼性條件下。當於呫噸結構中具有酸性度高的質子時,於鹼性條件下分光會變動,且原本的分光特性受損。於呫噸結構的情況下,可認為氮原子上的質子容易受到pH的影響,若酸性度高,則存在鹼顯影時產生分光變動的情況。 Further, the coloring composition of the present invention is usually subjected to an alkali development treatment in order to remove unexposed portions. At this time, a part of the alkaline developing solution also penetrates into the pattern of the exposed portion, so that the dye is exposed to alkaline conditions. When a proton having a high acidity is present in the xanthene structure, the spectroscopic changes under alkaline conditions, and the original spectroscopic characteristics are impaired. In the case of the xanthene structure, it is considered that protons on the nitrogen atom are easily affected by pH, and if the acidity is high, there is a case where spectroscopic fluctuation occurs during alkali development.

於本發明中,推斷藉由將鍵結於呫噸結構的氮原子上的基設為脂肪族烴基與芳香族烴基,而可抑制鹼顯影時的分光變動。 In the present invention, it is estimated that the group bonded to the nitrogen atom of the xanthene structure is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and the spectral variation during alkali development can be suppressed.

於本發明中,所述色素多聚體含有由通式(A1-1)所表示的重複單元及由通式(A1-2)所表示的重複單元的一者或兩者,較佳為至少含有通式(A1-1)。 In the present invention, the dye multimer comprises one or both of a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-1) and a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-2), preferably at least Contains the formula (A1-1).

<色素多聚體> <Pigment polymer>

<<由通式(A1-1)所表示的重複單元>> <<Repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1-1)>>

本發明中的由通式(A1-1)所表示的重複單元如下所述。 The repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-1) in the present invention is as follows.

通式(A1-1) General formula (A1-1)

通式(A1-1)中,R1~R15中的1個含有由所述通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基,R2及R4分別獨立地為芳香族烴基,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,R11~R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、羰基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、或磺醯基。 In the general formula (A1-1), one of R 1 to R 15 contains a main chain structure represented by the above formula (A1-1-1), and R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. R 2 and R 4 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 5 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen. Atom, alkyl, aryl, carbonyl, nitro, amine, alkylamino, arylamine, or sulfonyl.

通式(A1-1)中,R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基,較佳為碳數為1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數為1~5的烷基,進而更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基,特佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基。R1及R3亦可不同,但較佳為相同。作為R1及R3的烷基可具有取代基,但較佳為不具有取代基。 In the formula (A1-1), R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and further more. It is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group or an n-butyl group. R 1 and R 3 may be different, but are preferably the same. The alkyl group as R 1 and R 3 may have a substituent, but preferably has no substituent.

通式(A1-1)中,R2及R4分別獨立地為芳香族烴基,更佳為苯基。作為R2及R4的芳香族烴基可具有取代基,且自後述的取代基群組中選擇,更佳為碳數為1~5的烷基,進而更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基,特佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、正丁基。 In the formula (A1-1), R 2 and R 4 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group of R 2 and R 4 may have a substituent and is selected from the group of substituents described later, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a C group. Base, butyl, particularly preferably methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl.

更佳為通式(A1-1)的R2及R4、以及通式(A1-2)的R2及R4的至少1個由下述通式(A1-1-2)表示。 More preferably, at least one of R 2 and R 4 of the formula (A1-1) and R 2 and R 4 of the formula (A1-2) is represented by the following formula (A1-1-2).

通式(A1-1-2)中,R23~R25分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、羥基、烷氧基、碳數為1~12的烷基、羰基、羰基醯胺基、磺醯基、磺醯基醯胺基、硝基、胺基、胺基羰基、胺基磺醯基、磺醯基醯亞胺基或羰基醯亞胺基,R22及R26分別獨立地表示碳數為1~5的烷基。 In the formula (A1-1-2), R 23 to R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carbonyl guanamine group, or a sulfonate. a mercapto group, a sulfonylamino group, a nitro group, an amine group, an aminocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group, a sulfonyl quinone imine group or a carbonyl fluorenylene group, and R 22 and R 26 each independently represent a carbon The number is 1 to 5 alkyl groups.

通式(A1-1-2)中,R23~R25較佳為氫原子或鹵素原子,更佳為氫原子。 In the formula (A1-1-2), R 23 to R 25 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(A1-1-2)中,R22及R26較佳為分別獨立地為碳數為1~5的烷基(更佳為碳數為3~5的烷基)。碳數為1~5的烷基更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基,進而更佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、 異丙基、正丁基,特佳為異丙基。 In the formula (A1-1-2), R 22 and R 26 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms). The alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group or a n-butyl group, and particularly preferably different. Propyl.

通式(A1-1)中,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,較佳為氫原子。作為鹵素原子,可例示氟原子、氯原子、溴原子,較佳為氟原子或氯原子。 作為脂肪族烴基,較佳為碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基。另外,作為脂肪族烴基,可例示烷基、烯基,較佳為烷基。作為芳香族烴基,較佳為芳基,更佳為苯基。 In the formula (A1-1), R 5 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and preferably a hydrogen atom. The halogen atom may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom, and is preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Further, examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group and an alkenyl group, and an alkyl group is preferred. The aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aryl group, more preferably a phenyl group.

通式(A1-1)中,R11~R14較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或鹵素原子,更佳為氫原子。 In the formula (A1-1), R 11 to R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(A1-1)中,R15較佳為羰基及磺醯基。 In the formula (A1-1), R 15 is preferably a carbonyl group or a sulfonyl group.

取代基群組A: 作為色素可具有的取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、胺基(包含烷基胺基、苯胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基等。以下進行詳細記述。 Substituent group A: Examples of the substituent which the dye may have include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, and an alkoxy group. , aryloxy, decyloxy, heterocyclooxy, decyloxy, amine methoxycarbonyl, amine (including alkylamino, anilino), mercaptoamine, aminocarbonylamino, alkane Oxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino, fluorenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio Aminesulfonyl, sulfo, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, fluorenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amine Mercapto, arylazo or heterocyclic azo, quinone imine, phosphino, phosphinyl, phosphinyloxy, phosphinylamino, decyl and the like. The details will be described below.

可列舉:鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘 原子)、直鏈或分支的烷基(直鏈或分支的經取代或未經取代的烷基,較佳為碳數為1~30的烷基,例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、正辛基、2-氯乙基、2-氰基乙基、2-乙基己基)、環烷基(較佳為碳數為3~30的經取代或未經取代的環烷基,例如可列舉環己基、環戊基,多環烷基,例如可列舉雙環烷基(較佳為碳數為5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烷基,例如雙環[1,2,2]庚烷-2-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛烷-3-基)或三環烷基等多環結構的基。較佳為單環的環烷基、雙環烷基,特佳為單環的環烷基)、 A halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine) Atom), a straight or branched alkyl group (linear or branched substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, Isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-ethylhexyl), cycloalkyl (preferably substituted with a carbon number of 3 to 30 or Examples of the unsubstituted cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a polycycloalkyl group, and examples thereof include a bicycloalkyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted dicycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 5 to 30). a polycyclic structure group such as bicyclo[1,2,2]heptan-2-yl, bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-3-yl) or tricycloalkyl. Preferably monocyclic a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, particularly preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group),

直鏈或分支的烯基(直鏈或分支的經取代或未經取代的烯基,較佳為碳數為2~30的烯基,例如乙烯基、烯丙基、異戊二烯基、香葉基、油烯基)、環烯基(較佳為碳數為3~30的經取代或未經取代的環烯基,例如可列舉2-環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基,多環烯基,例如雙環烯基(較佳為碳數為5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烯基,例如雙環[2,2,1]庚-2-烯-1-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛-2-烯-4-基)或三環烯基,特佳為單環的環烯基)、炔基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的炔基,例如乙炔基、炔丙基、三甲基矽烷基乙炔基)、 a linear or branched alkenyl group (linear or branched substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoprenyl group, A geranyl group, an oleyl group, a cycloalkenyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30, for example, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl group, 2-ring ring Hexen-1-yl, polycycloalkenyl, such as bicycloalkenyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, such as bicyclo[2,2,1]hept-2 -alken-1-yl, bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-2-en-4-yl) or tricycloalkenyl, particularly preferably monocyclic cycloalkenyl), alkynyl (preferably carbon number) a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group of 2 to 30, such as an ethynyl group, a propargyl group, a trimethyldecyl ethynyl group,

芳基(較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基,例如苯基、對甲苯基、萘基、間氯苯基、鄰十六醯基胺基苯基)、雜環基(較佳為5員~7員的經取代或未經取代、飽和或不飽和、芳香族或非芳香族、單環或縮環的雜環基,更佳為環構成原子選自碳原子、氮原子及硫原子,且具有至少一個氮原子、氧 原子及硫原子的任一種雜原子的雜環基,進而更佳為碳數為3~30的5員或6員的芳香族的雜環基。例如2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、2-吡啶基、4-吡啶基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基)、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、 An aryl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, m-chlorophenyl, o-hexadecanylaminophenyl), a heterocyclic group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, monocyclic or condensed heterocyclic group of 5 to 7 members, more preferably a ring-constituting atom selected from the group consisting of a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom, and having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen The heterocyclic group of any one of the atom and the sulfur atom is more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 30. For example, 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzothiazolyl), cyano, hydroxy, nitro, carboxy,

烷氧基(較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、第三丁氧基、正辛氧基、2-甲氧基乙氧基)、芳氧基(較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基,例如苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、2,4-二-第三戊基苯氧基、4-第三丁基苯氧基、3-硝基苯氧基、2-十四醯基胺基苯氧基)、矽烷氧基(較佳為碳數為3~20的矽烷氧基,例如三甲基矽烷氧基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷氧基)、雜環氧基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環氧基,雜環部較佳為所述雜環基中所說明的雜環部,例如1-苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃氧基)、 Alkoxy (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, tert-butoxy, n-octyloxy, 2-methoxyethoxy), aryloxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 2, 4-di-p-pentylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 2-tetradecylaminophenoxy), decyloxy (preferably a decyloxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as trimethylnonyloxy group, butylene dimethyl decyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 30) The substituted heterocyclic oxy group preferably has a heterocyclic moiety as described in the heterocyclic group, for example, 1-phenyltetrazole-5-oxyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy),

醯氧基(較佳為甲醯氧基、碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰氧基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰氧基,例如甲醯氧基、乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、硬脂醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、對甲氧基苯基羰氧基)、胺甲醯氧基(較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯氧基,例如N,N-二甲基胺甲醯氧基、N,N-二乙基胺甲醯氧基、嗎啉基羰氧基、N,N-二-正辛胺基羰氧基、N-正辛基胺甲醯氧基)、烷氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰氧基,例如甲氧基羰氧基、乙氧基羰氧基、第三丁氧基羰氧基、正辛基羰氧基)、芳氧 基羰氧基(較佳為碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰氧基,例如苯氧基羰氧基、對甲氧基苯氧基羰氧基、對正十六烷氧基苯氧基羰氧基)、 胺基(較佳為胺基、碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基胺基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基胺基、碳數為0~30的雜環胺基,例如胺基、甲胺基、二甲胺基、苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基胺基、N-1,3,5-三嗪-2-基胺基)、醯基胺基(較佳為甲醯基胺基、碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基胺基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基胺基,例如甲醯基胺基、乙醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、月桂醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、3,4,5-三-正辛氧基苯基羰基胺基)、胺基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺基羰基胺基,例如胺甲醯基胺基、N,N-二甲胺基羰基胺基、N,N-二乙胺基羰基胺基、嗎啉基羰基胺基)、烷氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基,例如甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、正十八烷氧基羰基胺基、N-甲基-甲氧基羰基胺基)、 芳氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基胺基,例如苯氧基羰基胺基、對氯苯氧基羰基胺基、間正辛氧基苯氧基羰基胺基)、胺磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基胺基,例如胺磺醯基胺基、N,N-二甲胺基磺醯基胺基、N-正辛胺基磺醯基胺基)、烷基磺 醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基,例如甲基磺醯基胺基、丁基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基、2,3,5-三氯苯基磺醯基胺基、對甲基苯基磺醯基胺基)、巰基、 烷硫基(較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷硫基,例如甲硫基、乙硫基、正十六烷硫基)、芳硫基(較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳硫基,例如苯硫基、對氯苯硫基、間甲氧基苯硫基)、雜環硫基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環硫基,雜環部較佳為所述雜環基中所說明的雜環部,例如2-苯并噻唑硫基、1-苯基四唑-5-基硫基)、胺磺醯基(較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基,例如N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-(3-十二烷氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙醯基胺磺醯基、N-苯甲醯基胺磺醯基、N-(N'-苯基胺甲醯基)胺磺醯基)、磺基、 烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基亞磺醯基,例如甲基亞磺醯基、乙基亞磺醯基、苯基亞磺醯基、對甲基苯基亞磺醯基)、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基,例如甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、對甲基苯基磺醯基)、醯基(較佳為甲醯基、 碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基、碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,例如乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、2-氯乙醯基、硬脂醯基、苯甲醯基、對正辛氧基苯基羰基)、芳氧基羰基(較佳為碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基,例如苯氧基羰基、鄰氯苯氧基羰基、間硝基苯氧基羰基、對第三丁基苯氧基羰基)、 烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基,例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正十八烷氧基羰基)、胺甲醯基(較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基,例如胺甲醯基、N-甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二-正辛基胺甲醯基、N-(甲基磺醯基)胺甲醯基)、芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基(較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基偶氮基、碳數為3~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環偶氮基(雜環部較佳為所述雜環基中所說明的雜環部),例如苯基偶氮基、對氯苯基偶氮基、5-乙硫基-1,3,4-噻二唑-2-基偶氮基)、醯亞胺基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的醯亞胺基,例如N-琥珀醯亞胺基、N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基)、膦基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的膦基,例如二甲基膦基、二苯基膦基、甲基苯氧基膦基)、氧膦基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基,例如氧膦基、二辛氧基氧膦基、二乙氧基氧膦基)、 氧膦基氧基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代 的氧膦基氧基,例如二苯氧基氧膦基氧基、二辛氧基氧膦基氧基)、氧膦基胺基(較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基胺基,例如二甲氧基氧膦基胺基、二甲胺基氧膦基胺基)、矽烷基(較佳為碳數為3~30的經取代或未經取代的矽烷基,例如三甲基矽烷基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基、苯基二甲基矽烷基)。 a decyloxy group (preferably a methyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 30) a group such as methyl methoxy, ethoxycarbonyl, trimethyl ethoxy methoxy, stearyl oxime, benzhydryloxy, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy), amine methyl methoxy ( Preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted amine methyl methoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, such as N,N-dimethylamine methyl methoxy group, N,N-diethylamine methyl methoxy group, Morpholinylcarbonyloxy, N,N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyl, N-n-octylaminemethyloxy), alkoxycarbonyloxy (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 30) Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group, such as methoxycarbonyloxy, ethoxycarbonyloxy, tert-butoxycarbonyloxy, n-octylcarbonyloxy), aryloxy a carbonyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having a carbon number of 7 to 30, such as phenoxycarbonyloxy, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy, aligned Hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonyloxy), An amine group (preferably an amine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 0 to 30 heterocyclic amino groups, such as amine, methylamino, dimethylamino, anilino, N-methyl-anilino, diphenylamino, N-1,3,5-triazine- a 2-ylamino group, a mercaptoamine group (preferably a mercaptoamine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, and a substituted carbon number of 6 to 30) Or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group, such as formazanylamine, ethionylamino, trimethylethenylamine, laurylamine, benzhydrylamine, 3,4, 5-tri-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonylamino), aminocarbonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, such as an amine formamidine Base, N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino group, N,N-diethylaminocarbonylamino group, morpholinylcarbonylamino group), alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 30) Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group, such as methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, tert-butoxycarbonylamine Base, n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino group, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino group, An aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having a carbon number of 7 to 30, such as a phenoxycarbonylamino group, a p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino group, and a An octyloxyphenoxycarbonylamino group, an aminesulfonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, such as an aminesulfonylamino group, N,N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino, N-n-octylaminosulfonylamino), alkyl sulfonate a mercaptoamino group or an arylsulfonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, substituted or not having a carbon number of 6 to 30) Substituted arylsulfonylamino group, for example, methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonylamino, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino , p-methylphenylsulfonylamino), mercapto, An alkylthio group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, such as a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, an n-hexadecylthio group), an arylthio group (preferably a carbon) a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group of 6 to 30, such as a phenylthio group, a p-chlorophenylthio group, a m-methoxyphenylthio group, or a heterocyclic thio group (preferably having a carbon number of 2~) a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group of 30, preferably a heterocyclic moiety as described in the heterocyclic group, for example, 2-benzothiazolylthio, 1-phenyltetrazole-5 -ylthio), aminsulfonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, such as N-ethylamine sulfonyl, N-(3-12 Alkoxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamine sulfonyl, N-acetamimidoxime, N-benzamidesulfonyl, N-(N'- Phenylamine, mercapto) sulfonyl, sulfo, An alkylsulfinyl group or an arylsulfinyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 6 to 30) Substituted arylsulfinylene, such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, phenylsulfinyl, p-methylphenylsulfinyl), alkylsulfonyl or aryl a sulfonyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group Sulfosyl, ethylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonyl), mercapto (preferably formazan, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an ethylidene group, a trimethylethenyl group, or a 2- a chloroethyl group, a stearyl group, a benzhydryl group, a p-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having a carbon number of 7 to 30) a carbonyl group such as phenoxycarbonyl, o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl, m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, p-tert-butylphenoxycarbonyl, Alkoxycarbonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, n-octadecyloxy) Alkylcarbonyl), an amine carbenyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, such as an amine carbenyl group, an N-methylamine carbenyl group, N,N- Dimethylamine methyl sulfhydryl, N,N-di-n-octylamine carbhydryl, N-(methylsulfonyl)amine carbaryl, arylazo or heterocyclic azo a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group having a carbon number of 3 to 30 (the heterocyclic ring is preferably as described above) a heterocyclic moiety described in the heterocyclic group), for example, phenylazo, p-chlorophenylazo, 5-ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo a quinone imine group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted quinone group having a carbon number of 2 to 30, such as N-succinimide group, N-phthalimido group), phosphine a base (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having a carbon number of 2 to 30, such as a dimethylphosphino group, a diphenylphosphino group, a methylphenoxyphosphino group) or a phosphinyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 30, such as a phosphinyl group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group, a diethoxyphosphinyl group), a phosphinyloxy group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted having a carbon number of 2 to 30) a phosphinyloxy group, such as a diphenoxyphosphinyloxy group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 30) Substituted phosphinylamino group, such as dimethoxyphosphinylamino group, dimethylaminophosphinylamino group, decyl group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted having a carbon number of 3 to 30) A decyl group, such as a trimethyl decyl group, a tert-butyl dimethyl decyl group, a phenyl dimethyl decyl group.

所述官能基之中,具有氫原子的官能基可藉由所述任一種基來取代官能基中的氫原子的部分。可作為取代基導入的官能基的例子可列舉烷基羰基胺基磺醯基、芳基羰基胺基磺醯基、烷基磺醯基胺基羰基、芳基磺醯基胺基羰基,具體而言,可列舉甲基磺醯基胺基羰基、對甲基苯基磺醯基胺基羰基、乙醯基胺基磺醯基、苯甲醯基胺基磺醯基。 Among the functional groups, a functional group having a hydrogen atom may be substituted for a portion of a hydrogen atom in the functional group by any of the functional groups. Examples of the functional group which can be introduced as a substituent include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and specifically In other words, a methylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, a p-methylphenylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, an ethyl fluorenylsulfonyl group, and a benzhydrylaminosulfonyl group can be mentioned.

<<由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構>> <<Main chain structure represented by the general formula (A1-1-1)>>

本發明中所使用的色素多聚體較佳為於通式(A1-1)中,R1~R15中的1個含有由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,通式(A1-1)的R11~R15的1個為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,或通式(A1-1)的R1、R2、R3及R4的至少1個含有由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,更佳為通式(A1-1)的R11~R15的1個為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,進而更佳為R15為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構。 The dye multimer used in the present invention is preferably a compound of the formula (A1-1), and one of R 1 to R 15 contains a main chain structure represented by the formula (A1-1-1). One of R 11 to R 15 of the formula (A1-1) is a main chain structure represented by the formula (A1-1-1), or R 1 , R 2 , R of the formula (A1-1) At least one of 3 and R 4 contains a main chain structure represented by the general formula (A1-1-1), and more preferably one of R 11 to R 15 of the general formula (A1-1) is a general formula ( The main chain structure represented by A1-1-1), and more preferably R 15 is a main chain structure represented by the formula (A1-1-1).

當通式(A1-1)的R1、R2、R3及R4的1個含有主鏈結構時,較佳為R2或R4含有由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,更佳為通式(A1-1-2)的R22~R26的1個為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的 主鏈結構,進而更佳為R22為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構。 When one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 of the formula (A1-1) contains a main chain structure, it is preferred that R 2 or R 4 is represented by the formula (A1-1-1). The main chain structure, more preferably one of R 22 to R 26 of the formula (A1-1-2) is a main chain structure represented by the formula (A1-1-1), and more preferably R 22 . It is a main chain structure represented by the general formula (A1-1-1).

通式(A1-1-1) General formula (A1-1-1)

通式(A1-1-1)中,L11表示單鍵或二價的連結基,RX表示氫原子、甲基、羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基。 In the formula (A1-1-1), L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group.

L11表示單鍵或二價的連結基,較佳為二價的連結基。 作為二價的連結基,表示碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的伸烷基(例如亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、伸丙基、伸丁基等)、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的伸芳基(例如伸苯基、伸萘基等)、經取代或未經取代的雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO2-、-NR-、-CONR-、-O2C-、-SO-、-SO2-及將該些的2個以上連結而形成的連結基。另外,L11為含有陰離子的構成亦較佳。 L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and is preferably a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 30 (e.g., methylene, ethyl, methylene, propyl, butyl, etc.), carbon a substituted or unsubstituted extended aryl group of 6 to 30 (e.g., a phenylene group, a naphthyl group, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic linkage group, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO 2 -, -NR-, -CONR-, -O 2 C-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and two or more of these are linked to form Linkage. Further, it is also preferable that L 11 is a composition containing an anion.

L11較佳為-CO2-及伸苯基,更佳為-CO2-。 L 11 is preferably -CO 2 - and a phenyl group, more preferably -CO 2 -.

RX表示氫原子、甲基、羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基,較佳為氫原子或甲基。 R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

於1分子的色素多聚體中,由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的 主鏈結構可為1種,亦可含有2種以上。 In one molecule of the dye multimer, represented by the formula (A1-1-1) The main chain structure may be one type or two or more types.

以下例示可較佳地用於本發明的主鏈結構,但本發明當然不限定於該些主鏈結構。 The main chain structure which can be preferably used in the present invention is exemplified below, but the present invention is of course not limited to the main chain structures.

尤其較佳為由下述(XX-1)~下述(XX-24)所表示的連結基,更佳為自由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈,由(XX-10)~(XX-17)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈,由(XX-18)及(XX-19)、及(XX-24)所表示的乙烯基系連結鏈中選擇,進而佳為自由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、由(XX-10)~(XX-17)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈、由(XX-24)所表示的乙烯基系連結鏈中選擇,進而更佳為由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、以及由(XX-11)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈。 In particular, the linking group represented by the following (XX-1) to the following (XX-24) is more preferable, and the (meth)acrylic acid represented by the free (XX-1) and (XX-2) is more preferable. a styrene-based linking chain represented by (XX-10) to (XX-17), a vinyl chain represented by (XX-18), (XX-19), and (XX-24) The chain is selected, and the (meth)acrylic linkage chain represented by (XX-1) and (XX-2), and the styrene linkage represented by (XX-10) to (XX-17) are preferred. The chain is selected from the vinyl-based linking chain represented by (XX-24), and more preferably the (meth)acrylic linking chain represented by (XX-1) and (XX-2), and The styrene-based linking chain represented by XX-11).

(XX-1)~(X X-24)中,表示在由*所表示的部位與L11進行連結。Me表示甲基。另外,(XX-18)及(XX-19)中的R表示氫原子、碳數為1~5的烷基或苯基。 In (XX-1) to (X X-24), it is shown that the portion indicated by * is connected to L 11 . Me represents a methyl group. Further, R in (XX-18) and (XX-19) represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.

[化13] [Chemistry 13]

[化14] [Chemistry 14]

<<陰離子性基>> <<Anionic base>>

通式(A1-1)含有陰離子性基。對應於色素多聚體中所含有的陽離子的價數來含有陰離子性基。 The general formula (A1-1) contains an anionic group. An anionic group is contained in accordance with the valence of the cation contained in the dye multimer.

通式(A1-1)中,陰離子性基為R1~R15的任一者、或作為R1~R15的任一者的取代基而含有的基,較佳為R11及R15的任一者、或作為R11及R15的任一者的取代基而含有的基。 In the general formula (A1-1), the anionic group is a group of any of R 1 to R 15 or a substituent which is a substituent of any of R 1 to R 15 , preferably R 11 and R 15 . Any one or a group contained as a substituent of any of R 11 and R 15 .

另外,當通式(A1-1)含有由通式(A1-1-2)所表示的結構時,R22或R26為陰離子性基、或含有陰離子性基亦較佳。 Further, when the formula (A1-1) contains a structure represented by the formula (A1-1-2), it is also preferred that R 22 or R 26 is an anionic group or an anionic group.

本發明的色素多聚體中所含有的陰離子性基可為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The anionic group contained in the dye multimer of the present invention may be one type or two or more types.

通式(A1-1)中的陰離子性基較佳為包含羧酸根陰離子、磺酸根陰離子、由通式(A1-1-2)所表示的陰離子或由通式(A1-1-3)所表示的陰離子。 The anionic group in the formula (A1-1) preferably contains a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, an anion represented by the formula (A1-1-2) or a formula (A1-1-3) Expressed anion.

通式(A1-1-2) General formula (A1-1-2)

通式(A1-1-2)中,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,L2表示-SO2-或-CO-,G表示碳原子或氮原子,當G為碳原子時,n1表示2,當G為氮原子時,n1表示1,R6表示含有氟原子的烷基或含有氟原子的芳基,當n1為2時,2個R6彼此可相同,亦可不同。 In the formula (A1-1-2), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, L 2 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-, and G represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and when G is a carbon atom, n1 represents 2, when G is a nitrogen atom, n1 represents. 1, R 6 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom containing fluorine atoms, when n1 is 2, two R 6 may be identical to each other, or different.

通式(A1-1-2)中,R6表示含有氟原子的烷基或含有氟原子的芳基。 In the formula (A1-1-2), R 6 represents an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom.

含有氟原子的烷基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~4,進而更佳為1~3。另外,含有氟原子的烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀,更佳為直鏈狀。 The alkyl group having a fluorine atom preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group containing a fluorine atom may be linear, branched or cyclic, and more preferably linear.

含有氟原子的芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,進而更佳為6。 The aryl group having a fluorine atom preferably has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 carbon atoms.

含有氟原子的烷基或含有氟原子的芳基較佳為氟原子含有率 為50%以上,更佳為全氟基。氟原子含有率由以下表示。 The alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or the aryl group containing a fluorine atom preferably has a fluorine atom content More than 50%, more preferably perfluoro group. The fluorine atom content is represented by the following.

氟原子含有率=[(氟原子的原子量)×(氟原子數)/(含有氟原子的烷基或含有氟原子的芳基的分子量)]×100 Fluorine atom content = [(atom atom of fluorine atom) × (number of fluorine atoms) / (molecular weight of alkyl group containing fluorine atom or aryl group containing fluorine atom)] × 100

通式(A1-1-2)中,*表示與R1~R15、或該些基的取代基的鍵結部位。 In the formula (A1-1-2), * represents a bonding site with R 1 to R 15 or a substituent of the groups.

以下表示通式(A1-1-2)的例子,但本發明當然不限定於該些例子。 The example of the general formula (A1-1-2) is shown below, but the present invention is of course not limited to these examples.

通式(A1-1-3) General formula (A1-1-3)

通式(A1-1-3)中,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,L2表示-SO2-或-CO-,L3表示二價的連結基,G表示碳原子或氮原子,當G為碳原子時,n2表示1,當G為氮原子時,n2表示0,R7A及R7B分別獨立地表示含有氟原子的伸烷基或含有氟原子的伸芳基,RX表示氫原子、甲基、羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基。 In the formula (A1-1-3), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, L 2 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-, L 3 represents a divalent linking group, and G represents a carbon atom or nitrogen. An atom, when G is a carbon atom, n2 represents 1, and when G is a nitrogen atom, n2 represents 0, and R 7A and R 7B each independently represent an alkylene group containing a fluorine atom or an extended aryl group containing a fluorine atom, R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group.

通式(A1-1-3)中,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,較佳為單鍵。作為二價的連結基,可列舉:碳數為1~6的伸烷基、碳數為6~12的伸芳基、-O-、-S-、或包含該些的組合的基等。 In the formula (A1-1-3), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and is preferably a single bond. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, or a group containing a combination of these.

通式(A1-1-3)中,L3表示二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,可列舉:碳數為1~6的伸烷基、碳數為6~18的伸芳基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2-、-NRARB-或包含該些的組合的基等。碳數為1~6的伸烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任一種。碳數為6~18的伸芳基可為單環,亦可為多環。於-NRARB-中,RA及RB分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數為1~6的烷基,RA及RB可相互鍵結而形成環。 In the formula (A1-1-3), L 3 represents a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, - NR A R B - or a group or the like containing the combination of these. The alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. The exoaryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 18 may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring. In -NR A R B -, R A and R B each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R A and R B may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

通式(A1-1-3)中,R7A及R7B分別獨立地表示含有氟原子的伸烷基或含有氟原子的伸芳基,含有氟原子的烷基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~4,進而更佳為1~3。另外,含有氟原子的烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀,更佳為直鏈狀。 In the formula (A1-1-3), R 7A and R 7B each independently represent an alkylene group containing a fluorine atom or an extended aryl group containing a fluorine atom, and the alkyl group having a fluorine atom preferably has a carbon number of 1~. 6, more preferably 1 to 4, and even more preferably 1 to 3. Further, the alkyl group containing a fluorine atom may be linear, branched or cyclic, and more preferably linear.

含有氟原子的芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,進而更佳為6。 The aryl group having a fluorine atom preferably has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 carbon atoms.

含有氟原子的烷基或含有氟原子的芳基較佳為氟原子含有率 為50%以上,更佳為全氟基。 The alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or the aryl group containing a fluorine atom preferably has a fluorine atom content More than 50%, more preferably perfluoro group.

通式(A1-1-3)中,RX表示氫原子、甲基、羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基,較佳為氫原子或甲基。當RX表示烷氧基甲基時,烷氧基甲基的碳數較佳為1~3。 In the formula (A1-1-3), R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. When R X represents an alkoxymethyl group, the alkoxymethyl group preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

以下表示通式(A1-1-3)的例子,但本發明當然不限定於該些例子。RX表示氫原子或甲基。 The example of the general formula (A1-1-3) is shown below, but the present invention is of course not limited to these examples. R X represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

<<由通式(A1-2)所表示的重複單元>> <<Repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1-2)>>

本發明中的由通式(A1-2)所表示的重複單元如下所述。 The repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-2) in the present invention is as follows.

通式(A1-2) General formula (A1-2)

通式(A1-2)中,R1~R15中的1個包含由所述通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基,R2及R4 分別獨立地為芳香族烴基,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,R11~R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、羰基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、或磺醯基;X表示與呫噸的陽離子形成相對鹽的陰離子。 In the general formula (A1-2), one of R 1 to R 15 includes a main chain structure represented by the above formula (A1-1-1), and R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. R 2 and R 4 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 5 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen. An atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a carbonyl group, a nitro group, an amine group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, or a sulfonyl group; and X represents an anion which forms a relative salt with a cation of xanthene.

通式(A1-2)中,R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基的情況,R2及R4分別獨立地為芳香族烴基的情況,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基的情況下的R1~R15的含義與通式(A1-1)的R1~R15相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 In the general formula (A1-2), R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and R 2 and R 4 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 5 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom. , R R the same as in the case of a halogen atom, an aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group of 1 ~ R 15 in the meaning of general formula (A1-1) is 1 ~ R 15, preferred ranges are also the same.

本發明中所使用的色素多聚體較佳為於通式(A1-2)中,R1~R15中的1個含有由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,通式(A1-2)的R11~R15的1個為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,或通式(A1-2)的R1、R2、R3及R4的至少1個含有由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,更佳為通式(A1-2)的R11~R15的1個為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,進而更佳為R15為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構。 The dye multimer used in the present invention is preferably a compound of the formula (A1-2), and one of R 1 to R 15 contains a main chain structure represented by the formula (A1-1-1). One of R 11 to R 15 of the formula (A1-2) is a main chain structure represented by the formula (A1-1-1), or R 1 , R 2 , R of the formula (A1-2) At least one of 3 and R 4 contains a main chain structure represented by the general formula (A1-1-1), and more preferably one of R 11 to R 15 of the general formula (A1-2) is a general formula ( The main chain structure represented by A1-1-1), and more preferably R 15 is a main chain structure represented by the formula (A1-1-1).

當通式(A1-2)的R1、R2、R3及R4的1個含有主鏈結構時,較佳為R2或R4含有由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,更佳為通式(A1-1-2)的R22~R26的1個為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,進而更佳為R22為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構。 When one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 of the formula (A1-2) contains a main chain structure, it is preferred that R 2 or R 4 is represented by the formula (A1-1-1). The main chain structure, more preferably one of R 22 to R 26 of the formula (A1-1-2) is a main chain structure represented by the formula (A1-1-1), and more preferably R 22 . It is a main chain structure represented by the general formula (A1-1-1).

<<通式(A1-2)中的陰離子X>> <<Anion X in the general formula (A1-2)>>

通式(A1-2)中,X表示與呫噸的陽離子形成相對鹽的陰離 子。對應於色素多聚體中所含有的陽離子的價數來含有陰離子。 In the general formula (A1-2), X represents an anion which forms a relative salt with a cation of xanthene. child. The anion is contained in correspondence with the valence of the cation contained in the dye multimer.

本發明中所使用的色素多聚體可僅含有1種陰離子X,亦可含有2種以上。 The dye multimer used in the present invention may contain only one type of anion X, or may contain two or more types.

X較佳為羧酸根陰離子、磺酸根陰離子、醯亞胺陰離子、甲基化物陰離子、及硼酸鹽陰離子中的任一種陰離子,更佳為雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基陰離子、四芳基硼酸鹽陰離子。 X is preferably a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, a quinone imine anion, a methide anion, and an anion of any of the borate anions, more preferably a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion, a tris(sulfonate) Methyl anion, tetraaryl borate anion.

作為雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子,較佳為由下述通式(AN-1)所表示的結構。 The bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion is preferably a structure represented by the following formula (AN-1).

(式(AN-1)中,X1及X2分別獨立地表示氟原子或具有氟原子的碳數為1~10的烷基。X1及X2可相互鍵結而形成環) (In the formula (AN-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having a fluorine atom and having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. X 1 and X 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring)

X1及X2分別獨立地表示氟原子或具有氟原子的碳數為1~10的烷基,較佳為氟原子或具有氟原子的碳數為1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數為1~10的全氟烷基,進而更佳為碳數為1~4的全氟烷基,特佳為三氟甲基。 X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having a fluorine atom of 1 to 10, preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having a fluorine atom of 1 to 10, more preferably carbon. The number is 1 to 10 perfluoroalkyl groups, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a trifluoromethyl group.

作為三(磺醯基)甲基陰離子,較佳為下述通式(AN-2)的結構。 The tris(sulfonyl)methyl anion is preferably a structure of the following formula (AN-2).

(式(AN-2)中,X3、X4及X5分別獨立地表示氟原子或碳數為1~10的具有氟原子的烷基) (In the formula (AN-2), X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having a fluorine atom of 1 to 10)

X3、X4及X5分別獨立,含義與X1及X2相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are each independent, and have the same meanings as X 1 and X 2 , and the preferred ranges are also the same.

作為四芳基硼酸鹽陰離子,較佳為由下述通式(AN-5)所表示的化合物。 The tetraaryl borate anion is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (AN-5).

(式(AN-5)中,Ar1、Ar2、Ar3及Ar4分別獨立地表示芳基) (In the formula (AN-5), Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 each independently represent an aryl group)

Ar1、Ar2、Ar3及Ar4較佳為分別獨立地為碳數為6~20的芳基,更佳為碳數為6~14的芳基,進而更佳為碳數為6~10的芳基。 Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 are each preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, more preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 14, and more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 6. 10 aryl groups.

Ar1、Ar2、Ar3及Ar4所表示的芳基可具有取代基。當具有取代基時,可列舉鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、羰基、羰氧基、 胺甲醯基、磺基、磺醯胺基、硝基等,較佳為鹵素原子及烷基,更佳為氟原子、烷基,進而更佳為氟原子、碳數為1~4的全氟烷基。 The aryl group represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 may have a substituent. When it has a substituent, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, an amine mercapto group, a sulfo group, a sulfonylamino group, a nitro group, etc. are mentioned, and a halogen atom is preferable. The alkyl group is more preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

Ar1、Ar2、Ar3及Ar4更佳為分別獨立地為具有鹵素原子及/或含有鹵素原子的烷基的苯基,進而更佳為具有氟原子及/或含有氟原子的烷基的苯基。 Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 are more preferably phenyl groups each independently having a halogen atom and/or an alkyl group containing a halogen atom, and more preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom and/or a fluorine atom. Phenyl.

以下,表示本發明中所使用的非親核性的抗衡陰離子的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。 Specific examples of the non-nucleophilic counter anion used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化24] [Chem. 24]

[化26] [Chem. 26]

以下,表示本發明中所使用的由通式(A1-1)所表示的重複單元或由通式(A1-2)所表示的重複單元的例子。本發明當然不限定於該些例子。 Hereinafter, examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-1) or the repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-2) used in the present invention are shown. The invention is of course not limited to these examples.

[化27] [化27]

本發明中所使用的色素多聚體於所有重複單元中,合計含有1莫耳%~100莫耳%的由通式(A1-1)所表示的重複單元及由通式(A1-2)所表示的重複單元,較佳為5莫耳%~40莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~30莫耳%。由通式(A1-1)所表示的重複單元及由通式(A1-2)所表示的重複單元分別可僅含有1種,亦可含有2種以上。 The dye multimer used in the present invention contains, in all repeating units, a total of 1 mol% to 100 mol% of a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-1) and a formula (A1-2) The repeating unit represented is preferably from 5 mol% to 40 mol%, more preferably from 10 mol% to 30 mol%. The repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-2) may be contained alone or in combination of two or more.

<<其他官能基及重複單元>> <<Other functional groups and repeating units>>

本發明的色素多聚體亦可於含有所述色素結構的重複單元內具有其他官能基。作為其他官能基,可例示聚合性基、鹼可溶性基等。 The dye multimer of the present invention may have other functional groups in a repeating unit containing the dye structure. As another functional group, a polymerizable group, an alkali-soluble group, etc. are illustrated.

另外,本發明的色素多聚體除含有所述色素結構的重複單元 以外,亦可含有其他重複單元。其他重複單元亦可具有官能基。 Further, the dye multimer of the present invention contains a repeating unit containing the dye structure In addition, other repeating units may also be included. Other repeating units may also have a functional group.

另外,作為其他重複單元,可例示含有聚合性基、鹼可溶性基(較佳為酸基)的至少1種的重複單元。 In addition, as another repeating unit, at least one type of repeating unit containing a polymerizable group or an alkali-soluble group (preferably an acid group) can be exemplified.

<<<色素多聚體所具有的聚合性基>>> <<<Polymerizable groups of pigment multimers>>>

本發明的色素多聚體較佳為含有聚合性基。可僅含有1種聚合性基,亦可含有2種以上。 The dye multimer of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable group. It may contain only one type of polymerizable group, and may contain two or more types.

關於聚合性基,色素結構可含有聚合性基,其他部分亦可含有聚合性基。於本發明中,較佳為色素結構含有聚合性基。藉由設為此種構成,而存在耐熱性提昇的傾向。 Regarding the polymerizable group, the dye structure may contain a polymerizable group, and other portions may contain a polymerizable group. In the present invention, it is preferred that the dye structure contains a polymerizable group. With such a configuration, heat resistance tends to increase.

另外,於本發明中,色素結構以外的其他部分含有聚合性基的形態亦較佳。 Further, in the present invention, a form in which a polymerizable group is contained in a portion other than the dye structure is also preferable.

作為聚合性基,可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱而進行交聯的公知的聚合性基,例如可列舉含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基)、羥甲基等,尤其較佳為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,更佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基,進而更佳為源自(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基-環己基甲酯的(甲基)丙烯醯基。 As the polymerizable group, a known polymerizable group which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or a heat can be used, and examples thereof include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a cyclic ether group (epoxy group, oxa group). A cyclobutane group, a methylol group or the like is particularly preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, more preferably a (meth)acrylonitrile group, and still more preferably a glycidyl (meth)acrylate and (Meth)acrylonitrile group of 3,4-epoxy-cyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate.

聚合性基較佳為作為具有聚合性基的重複單元而包含於色素多聚體中,更佳為作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的重複單元而包含於色素多聚體中。即,本發明的色素多聚體的較佳的實施形態的一例為色素多聚體含有包含色素單量體的重複單元、及具有聚合性基的重複單元的形態,更佳為含有包含色素單量體的重複單元、 及具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的重複單元。 The polymerizable group is preferably contained in the dye multimer as a repeating unit having a polymerizable group, and more preferably contained as a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the dye multimer. That is, an example of a preferred embodiment of the dye multimer of the present invention is a form in which the dye multimer contains a repeating unit containing a dye unit and a repeating unit having a polymerizable group, and more preferably contains a dye-containing unit. Repetitive unit of the volume, And a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.

作為聚合性基的導入方法,有(1)利用含有聚合性基的化合物對色素多聚體進行改質後導入的方法、(2)使色素單量體與含有聚合性基的化合物進行共聚後導入的方法等。以下,進行詳細描述。 The method of introducing a polymerizable group includes (1) a method of modifying a dye polymer by a compound containing a polymerizable group, and (2) copolymerizing a dye unit and a compound containing a polymerizable group. Import method, etc. Hereinafter, a detailed description will be made.

(1)利用含有聚合性基的化合物對色素多聚體進行改質後導入的方法: (1) A method of modifying a pigment multimer by a compound containing a polymerizable group and introducing it:

作為利用含有聚合性基的化合物對色素多聚體進行改質後導入的方法,可無特別限制地使用公知的方法。就製造方面的觀點而言,較佳為例如(a)使色素多聚體所具有的羧酸與含有不飽和鍵的環氧化合物進行反應的方法、(b)使色素多聚體所具有的羥基或胺基與含有不飽和鍵的異氰酸酯化合物進行反應的方法、(c)使色素多聚體所具有的環氧化合物與含有不飽和鍵的羧酸化合物進行反應的方法。 A method of introducing and modifying a dye multimer by a compound containing a polymerizable group can be carried out by a known method without particular limitation. From the viewpoint of production, for example, (a) a method of reacting a carboxylic acid having a dye multimer with an epoxy compound containing an unsaturated bond, and (b) a dye multimer A method of reacting a hydroxyl group or an amine group with an isocyanate compound containing an unsaturated bond, and (c) a method of reacting an epoxy compound of the dye multimer with a carboxylic acid compound containing an unsaturated bond.

作為所述(a)使色素多聚體所具有的羧酸與含有不飽和鍵的環氧化合物進行反應的方法中的含有不飽和鍵的環氧化合物,可列舉甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、烯丙基縮水甘油醚、丙烯酸3,4-環氧基-環己基甲酯、甲基丙烯酸3,4-環氧基-環己基甲酯等,尤其甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及甲基丙烯酸3,4-環氧基-環己基甲酯的交聯性及保存穩定性優異,而較佳。反應條件可使用公知的條件。 Examples of the (a) epoxy compound containing an unsaturated bond in the method of reacting a carboxylic acid having a dye multimer with an epoxy compound containing an unsaturated bond include glycidyl methacrylate and acrylic acid. Glycidyl ester, allyl glycidyl ether, 3,4-epoxy-cyclohexyl methyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxy-cyclohexyl methyl methacrylate, etc., especially glycidyl methacrylate and The 3,4-epoxy-cyclohexylmethyl methacrylate is excellent in crosslinkability and storage stability, and is preferable. Well-known conditions can be used for reaction conditions.

作為所述(b)使色素多聚體所具有的羥基或胺基與含 As the (b) the hydroxyl group or the amine group possessed by the dye multimer

有不飽和鍵的異氰酸酯化合物進行反應的方法中的含有不飽和鍵的異氰酸酯化合物,可列舉甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯、丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯、異氰酸1,1-雙(丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙酯等,但甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯的交聯性及保存穩定性優異,而較佳。反應條件可使用公知的條件。 Examples of the isocyanate compound containing an unsaturated bond in the method of reacting an isocyanate compound having an unsaturated bond include 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate, 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate, and isocyanic acid 1. 1-bis(acryloxymethyl)ethyl ester or the like, but 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate is excellent in crosslinkability and storage stability, and is preferable. Well-known conditions can be used for reaction conditions.

作為所述(c)使色素多聚體所具有的環氧化合物與含有不飽和鍵的羧酸化合物進行反應的方法中的含有不飽和鍵的羧酸化合物,只要是公知的具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基的羧酸化合物,則可無特別限制地使用,但較佳為甲基丙烯酸及丙烯酸,尤其甲基丙烯酸的交聯性及保存穩定性優異而較佳。反應條件可使用公知的條件。 The (c) unsaturated compound-containing carboxylic acid compound in the method of reacting the epoxy compound of the dye multimer with the carboxylic acid compound containing an unsaturated bond, as long as it is known to have (meth) The acryloyloxy group-containing carboxylic acid compound can be used without particular limitation, but it is preferably methacrylic acid and acrylic acid, particularly methacrylic acid, which is excellent in crosslinkability and storage stability. Well-known conditions can be used for reaction conditions.

(2)使色素單量體與含有聚合性基的化合物進行共聚後導入的方法: 作為(2)使色素單量體與含有聚合性基的化合物進行共聚後導入的方法,可無特別限制地使用公知的方法,但較佳為(d)使可進行自由基聚合的色素單量體與可進行自由基聚合的含有聚合性基的化合物進行共聚的方法、(e)使可進行聚加成的色素單量體與可進行聚加成的含有聚合性基的化合物進行共聚的方法。 (2) A method of introducing a pigment monomer and a polymerizable group-containing compound after copolymerization: (2) A method in which a monomer and a polymerizable group-containing compound are copolymerized and introduced, and a known method can be used without particular limitation, but (d) a single amount of a pigment capable of radical polymerization is preferred. Method for copolymerizing a body with a polymerizable group-containing compound capable of undergoing radical polymerization, and (e) a method for copolymerizing a polymerizable monomer capable of undergoing polyaddition and a polymerizable group-containing compound capable of undergoing polyaddition .

作為(d)使可進行自由基聚合的色素單量體與可進行自由基聚合的含有聚合性基的化合物進行共聚的方法中的可進行自由基聚合的含有聚合性基的化合物,尤其可列舉含有烯丙基的化合物(例如(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯等)、含有環氧基的化合物(例 如(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基-環己基甲酯等)、含有氧雜環丁烷基的化合物(例如(甲基)丙烯酸3-甲基-3-氧雜環丁基甲酯等)、含有羥甲基的化合物(例如N-(羥基甲基)丙烯醯胺等),特佳為環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物。反應條件可使用公知的條件。 (d) a polymerizable group-containing compound capable of undergoing radical polymerization in a method of copolymerizing a monomer monomer capable of radical polymerization and a polymerizable group-containing compound capable of undergoing radical polymerization, and particularly, a polymerizable group-containing compound An allyl group-containing compound (for example, allyl (meth) acrylate) or an epoxy group-containing compound (for example) Such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxy-cyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.), oxetane-containing compounds (eg 3-methyl (meth)acrylate A hydroxymethyl group-containing compound (for example, N-(hydroxymethyl) acrylamide or the like) is particularly preferably an epoxy compound or an oxetane compound. Well-known conditions can be used for reaction conditions.

作為(e)使可進行聚加成的色素單量體與可進行聚加成的含有聚合性基的化合物進行共聚的方法中的可進行聚加成的含有聚合性基的化合物,可列舉含有不飽和鍵的二醇化合物(例如(甲基)丙烯酸2,3-二羥基丙酯等)。反應條件可使用公知的條件。 (e) a polymerizable group-containing compound which can be subjected to polyaddition in a method of copolymerizing a monomeric substance capable of undergoing polyaddition and a polymerizable group-containing compound which can be subjected to polyaddition, and examples thereof include A diol compound having an unsaturated bond (for example, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, etc.). Well-known conditions can be used for reaction conditions.

作為聚合性基的導入方法,特佳為使色素多聚體所具有的羧酸與含有不飽和鍵的環氧化合物進行反應的方法。 As a method of introducing the polymerizable group, a method of reacting a carboxylic acid having a dye multimer with an epoxy compound containing an unsaturated bond is particularly preferable.

相對於色素多聚體1g,色素多聚體所具有的聚合性基量較佳為0.1mmol~2.0mmol,更佳為0.2mmol~1.5mmol,特佳為0.3mmol~1.0mmol。 The amount of the polymerizable group of the dye multimer is preferably 0.1 mmol to 2.0 mmol, more preferably 0.2 mmol to 1.5 mmol, and particularly preferably 0.3 mmol to 1.0 mmol, based on 1 g of the dye multimer.

另外,當色素多聚體含有具有聚合性基的重複單元時,所述重複單元的比例較佳為所有重複單元的1莫耳%~60莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~50莫耳,進而更佳為15莫耳%~40莫耳%。 Further, when the dye multimer contains a repeating unit having a polymerizable group, the ratio of the repeating unit is preferably from 1 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably from 10 mol% to 50 mol% of all repeating units. The ear, and more preferably 15% to 40% by mole.

作為所述具有聚合性基的重複單元,可列舉如下的具體例。但是,本發明並不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a polymerizable group include the following. However, the invention is not limited to the specific examples.

[化30] [化30]

[化31] [化31]

所述具體例之中,就基板密著性及表面粗糙度的觀點而言,較佳為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的色素單量體,其中,較佳為甲基丙烯醯基、丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、或乙烯基氧基,更佳為甲基丙烯醯基、丙烯醯基,進而更佳為甲基丙烯醯基。 In the above specific examples, from the viewpoint of substrate adhesion and surface roughness, a dye monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable, and among them, a methacryl fluorenyl group or an acryl fluorenyl group is preferred. Further, a styryl group or a vinyloxy group is more preferably a methacryl fluorenyl group, an acryl fluorenyl group, and even more preferably a methacryl fluorenyl group.

<<<色素多聚體所具有的鹼可溶性基>>> <<<Alkali soluble groups of pigment multimers>>>

本發明中的色素多聚體可具有的鹼可溶性基的一例為酸基,作為酸基,可例示羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基。可僅含有1種鹼可溶性基,亦可含有2種以上。 An example of the alkali-soluble group which the dye multimer in the present invention has may be an acid group, and examples of the acid group include a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. It may contain only one type of alkali-soluble group, and may contain two or more types.

於本發明中,鹼可溶性基(較佳為酸基)較佳為作為具有鹼可溶性基(酸基)的重複單元而包含於色素多聚體中。 In the present invention, the alkali-soluble group (preferably an acid group) is preferably contained in the dye multimer as a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group (acid group).

於本發明中,色素多聚體的酸值例如可根據色素多聚體中的酸基的平均含量來算出。另外,藉由使含有構成色素多聚體的酸基的單體單元的含量變化,而可獲得具有所期望的酸值的樹脂。 In the present invention, the acid value of the dye multimer can be calculated, for example, from the average content of the acid groups in the dye multimer. Further, by changing the content of the monomer unit containing the acid group constituting the dye multimer, a resin having a desired acid value can be obtained.

作為向色素多聚體中導入鹼可溶性基的方法,可列舉事先向色素單量體中導入鹼可溶性基的方法、及使具有鹼可溶性基 的色素單量體以外的單體((甲基)丙烯酸、丙烯酸的己內酯改質物,(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的丁二酸酐改質物,(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的鄰苯二甲酸酐改質物,(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的1,2-環己烷二羧酸酐改質物,苯乙烯羧酸、衣康酸、順丁烯二酸、降冰片烯羧酸等含有羧酸的單體,甲基丙烯酸酸性磷醯氧基乙酯、乙烯基膦酸等含有磷酸的單體,乙烯基磺酸、2-丙烯醯胺-2-甲基磺酸等含有磺酸的單體)進行共聚的方法,更佳為使用所述兩種方法。 As a method of introducing an alkali-soluble group into a dye multimer, a method of introducing an alkali-soluble group into a dye monomer in advance and an alkali-soluble group are mentioned. Monomers other than pigment monomers ((meth)acrylic acid, caprolactone modification of acrylic acid, succinic anhydride modification of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate Ester phthalic anhydride modified material, 1,2-cyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride modified product of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, styrene carboxylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, lower a monomer containing a carboxylic acid such as bornene carboxylic acid, a monomer containing phosphoric acid such as acidic phosphonium oxyethyl methacrylate or vinylphosphonic acid, vinyl sulfonic acid, 2-propenylamine-2-methylsulfonate The method of copolymerizing a sulfonic acid-containing monomer such as an acid is more preferably used.

相對於色素多聚體1g,色素多聚體所具有的鹼可溶性基量較佳為0.3mmol~2.0mmol,更佳為0.4mmol~1.5mmol,特佳為0.5mmol~1.0mmol。 The amount of the alkali-soluble group of the dye multimer is preferably from 0.3 mmol to 2.0 mmol, more preferably from 0.4 mmol to 1.5 mmol, particularly preferably from 0.5 mmol to 1.0 mmol, based on 1 g of the dye multimer.

另外,當色素多聚體含有包含色素單量體的重複單元、及具有酸基的重複單元時,相對於色素單量體中的所有重複單元,具有酸基的重複單元的比例較佳為5莫耳%~70莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~60莫耳%,進而更佳為10莫耳%~50莫耳%。 Further, when the dye multimer contains a repeating unit containing a single substance of a dye and a repeating unit having an acid group, the ratio of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 5 with respect to all the repeating units in the single unit of the dye. Mohr%~70% by mole, more preferably 10% by mole to 60% by mole, and even more preferably 10% by mole to 50% by mole.

作為色素多聚體所具有的其他官能基,可列舉內酯基、酸酐基、醯胺基、-COCH2CO-、氰基等顯影促進基,長鏈烷基及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等,可適宜導入。 Examples of other functional groups of the dye multimer include a lactone group, an acid anhydride group, a guanamine group, a -COCH 2 CO-, a cyano group, and the like, and a long-chain alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, and an aralkyl group. A hydrophilic or hydrophobicity adjusting group such as a aryl group, an aryl group, a polyalkylene oxide group, a hydroxyl group, a maleimide group, or an amine group can be appropriately introduced.

作為導入方法,可列舉事先導入至色素單量體中的方法、及使具有所述官能基的單體進行共聚的方法。 As a method of introduction, a method of introducing into a single substance of a dye in advance and a method of copolymerizing a monomer having the functional group are mentioned.

本發明中所使用的色素多聚體可含有如下的重複單元 (以下,有時稱為「(b)重複單元」)作為含有鹼可溶性基的重複 單元,所述重複單元於側鏈上具有包含2個~20個未經取代的重複的伸烷氧基鏈的基。藉由含有此種鹼可溶性基,而可獲得具有更優異的耐脫色性的著色組成物。 The dye multimer used in the present invention may contain the following repeating unit (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "(b) repeating unit") as a repeat containing an alkali-soluble group And a repeating unit having a group comprising from 2 to 20 unsubstituted repeating alkoxy chains in the side chain. By containing such an alkali-soluble group, a coloring composition having more excellent discoloration resistance can be obtained.

(b)重複單元所具有的伸烷氧基鏈的重複數較佳為2個~10個,更佳為2個~15個,進而更佳為2個~10個。 (b) The number of repetitions of the alkoxy chain of the repeating unit is preferably from 2 to 10, more preferably from 2 to 15, and still more preferably from 2 to 10.

1個伸烷氧基鏈由-(CH2)nO-表示,n為整數,n較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而更佳為2或3。 The one alkoxy chain is represented by -(CH 2 ) n O-, n is an integer, and n is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, still more preferably 2 or 3.

本發明中的包含2個~20個未經取代的重複的伸烷氧基鏈的基可僅含有1種伸烷氧基鏈,亦可含有2種以上。 The group containing 2 to 20 unsubstituted repeating alkylene oxide chains in the present invention may contain only one kind of alkylene oxide chain, or may contain two or more types.

於本發明中,(b)重複單元較佳為由下述通式(P)表示。 In the present invention, the (b) repeating unit is preferably represented by the following formula (P).

通式(P) General formula (P)

(通式(P)中,X1表示藉由聚合而形成的連結基,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。P表示含有包含重複的伸烷氧基鏈的基的基) (In the formula (P), X 1 represents a linking group formed by polymerization, and L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. P represents a group containing a group containing a repeating alkoxy chain)

通式(P)中的X1及L1的含義分別與通式(A1-1-1)中的Rx 及L11相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 The meanings of X 1 and L 1 in the formula (P) are the same as those of R x and L 11 in the formula (A1-1-1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

P表示含有包含重複的伸烷氧基鏈的基的基,更佳為含有-包含重複的伸烷氧基鏈的基-末端原子或末端基。 P represents a group containing a group containing a repeating alkoxy chain, and more preferably a group-containing terminal group or terminal group containing a repeating alkoxy chain.

作為末端原子或末端基,較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基、羥基,更佳為氫原子、碳數為1~5的烷基、苯基、羥基,進而更佳為氫原子、甲基、苯基及羥基,特佳為氫原子。 The terminal atom or the terminal group is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a hydroxyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. A base, a phenyl group and a hydroxyl group are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.

(b)於側鏈上具有包含2個~20個未經取代的重複的伸烷氧基鏈的基的重複單元的比例較佳為構成所述色素多聚體的所有重複單元的2莫耳%~20莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~15莫耳%。 (b) the proportion of repeating units having a group containing 2 to 20 unsubstituted repeating alkoxy groups in the side chain is preferably 2 moles constituting all repeating units of the dye multimer %~20% by mole, more preferably 5% by mole to 15% by mole.

以下,表示可用於本發明的(b)重複單元的例子,但本發明當然不限定於該些例子。 Hereinafter, examples of the (b) repeating unit which can be used in the present invention are shown, but the present invention is of course not limited to the examples.

[化33] [化33]

作為色素多聚體所具有的其他官能基,可列舉內酯基、酸酐基、醯胺基、-COCH2CO-、氰基等顯影促進基,長鏈烷基及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等,可適宜導入。 Examples of other functional groups of the dye multimer include a lactone group, an acid anhydride group, a guanamine group, a -COCH 2 CO-, a cyano group, and the like, and a long-chain alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, and an aralkyl group. A hydrophilic or hydrophobicity adjusting group such as a aryl group, an aryl group, a polyalkylene oxide group, a hydroxyl group, a maleimide group, or an amine group can be appropriately introduced.

作為導入方法,可列舉事先導入至色素單量體中的方法、及 使具有所述官能基的單體進行共聚的方法。 Examples of the introduction method include a method of introducing into a single color body in advance, and A method of copolymerizing a monomer having the functional group.

表示色素多聚體可具有的含有鹼可溶性基等其他官能 基的重複單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。 Representing other functional groups such as alkali-soluble groups which the pigment multimer can have Specific examples of the repeating unit of the group, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

<<<具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少1種的構成單元>>> <<<A constituent unit having at least one type of the structure represented by the formula (1) to the formula (5)>>>

本發明中所使用的色素多聚體可於同一分子內具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少1種。藉由設為此種構成,當製作硬化膜時,可使曝光感度及耐光性變得良好。此處,由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構作為光穩定劑而發揮功能,藉此有助於曝光感度及耐光性的提昇。另外,可提昇密著性。進而,可抑制顯影殘渣的產生。雖然其機制為推斷,但藉由使用同一分子內具有色 素結構、及由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少1種的色素多聚體,色素結構與由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的距離變得更近。作為結果,可認為可更有效地提昇曝光感度及耐光性。 The dye multimer used in the present invention may have at least one of the structures represented by the formulae (1) to (5) in the same molecule. With such a configuration, when the cured film is formed, the exposure sensitivity and the light resistance can be improved. Here, the structure represented by the formulas (1) to (5) functions as a light stabilizer, thereby contributing to an improvement in exposure sensitivity and light resistance. In addition, the adhesion can be improved. Further, generation of development residue can be suppressed. Although the mechanism is inferred, by using the same intramolecular color The pigment structure and the dye multimer of at least one of the structures represented by the formulas (1) to (5), and the distance between the dye structure and the structures represented by the formulas (1) to (5) become more near. As a result, it can be considered that the exposure sensitivity and the light resistance can be improved more effectively.

由式(1)所表示的結構是總稱為受阻胺系者。由式(2)所表示的結構是總稱為受阻酚系者。由式(3)所表示的結構是總稱為苯并三唑系者。由式(4)所表示的結構是總稱為羥基二苯甲酮系者。由式(5)所表示的結構是總稱為三嗪系者。 The structure represented by the formula (1) is generally referred to as a hindered amine group. The structure represented by the formula (2) is generally referred to as a hindered phenol system. The structure represented by the formula (3) is generally referred to as a benzotriazole system. The structure represented by the formula (4) is generally referred to as a hydroxybenzophenone system. The structure represented by the formula (5) is generally referred to as a triazine system.

式(1)中,R1表示氫原子、碳數為1~18的烷基、芳基、氧基自由基。R2及R3分別獨立地表示碳數為1~18的烷基。R2及R3可相互鍵結而表示碳數為4~12的脂肪族環。「*」表示由式(1)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 In the formula (1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group or an oxy radical. R 2 and R 3 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to represent an aliphatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. "*" represents a bond between the structure represented by the formula (1) and the polymer skeleton.

式(1)中,R1表示氫原子、碳數為1~18的烷基、芳基、氧基自由基,較佳為碳數為1~18的烷基。 In the formula (1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group or an oxy radical, and preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

碳數為1~18的烷基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的任一種,但較佳為直鏈狀。碳數為1~18的烷基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為1~8,進而更佳為1~3,特佳為1或2。尤其,碳數為1~18的烷基較佳為甲基或乙基,更佳為甲基。 The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, but is preferably linear. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 3, particularly preferably 1 or 2. In particular, the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group.

芳基的碳數可為6~18,亦可為6~12,亦可為6。具體而言,可列舉苯基。 The aryl group may have a carbon number of 6 to 18, a range of 6 to 12, or a carbon number of 6. Specifically, a phenyl group is mentioned.

當式(1)中的R1表示碳數為1~18的烷基或芳基時,碳數為1~18的烷基及芳基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為可具有的取代基,可列舉自所述取代基群組A中選擇的取代基。 When R 1 in the formula (1) represents an alkyl group or an aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and the aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As the substituent which may be possessed, a substituent selected from the substituent group A may be mentioned.

式(1)中,R2及R3分別獨立地表示甲基或乙基,較佳為甲基。R2及R3可相互鍵結而表示碳數為4~12的脂肪族環。 In the formula (1), R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a methyl group or an ethyl group, preferably a methyl group. R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to represent an aliphatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms.

式(1)中,「*」表示由式(1)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。結合鍵可直接或經由連結基而與聚合物骨架鍵結,亦可直接或經由連結基而鍵結於所述色素結構上。尤其,式(1)中的「*」較佳為直接或經由連結基而與聚合物骨架鍵結。 In the formula (1), "*" represents a bond between the structure represented by the formula (1) and the polymer skeleton. The bonding bond may be bonded to the polymer backbone directly or via a linking group, or may be bonded to the dye structure directly or via a linking group. In particular, "*" in the formula (1) is preferably bonded to the polymer skeleton directly or via a linking group.

以下,表示由式(1)所表示的結構的具體例,但並不限定於該些具體例。下述結構中,「*」表示由式(2)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 Specific examples of the structure represented by the formula (1) are shown below, but are not limited to these specific examples. In the following structure, "*" represents a bond between the structure represented by the formula (2) and the polymer skeleton.

[化43] [化43]

式(2)中,R4表示下述式(2A)、碳數為1~18的烷基或芳基。R5分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數為1~18的烷基。「*」表示由式(2)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 In the formula (2), R 4 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group having the following formula (2A) and having a carbon number of 1 to 18. R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. "*" indicates a bond of a structure represented by the formula (2) to a polymer skeleton.

式(2)中,R4表示下述式(2A)、碳數為1~18的烷基或芳基,較佳為由式(2A)表示。碳數為1~18的烷基及芳基的含義與式(1)中的R1中所說明的碳數為1~18的烷基及芳基相同。另外,「*」的含義與式(1)中所說明的結合鍵相同。 In the formula (2), R 4 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group having the following formula (2A) and having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and is preferably represented by the formula (2A). The alkyl group and the aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms have the same meanings as the alkyl group and the aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms as described for R 1 in the formula (1). In addition, the meaning of "*" is the same as the binding key described in the formula (1).

式(2A)中,R6分別獨立地表示碳數為1~18的烷基。 In the formula (2A), R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

「*」表示由式(2A)所表示的結構與由式(2)所表示的結構的結合鍵。 "*" indicates a bond of the structure represented by the formula (2A) and the structure represented by the formula (2).

式(2A)中,R6的含義與式(1)中的R1中所說明的碳數為1~18的烷基相同。另外,「*」的含義與式(1)中所說明的結合鍵相同。 In the formula (2A), R 6 has the same meaning as the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms described in R 1 in the formula (1). In addition, the meaning of "*" is the same as the binding key described in the formula (1).

以下,表示由式(2)所表示的結構的具體例,但並不限定於該些具體例。下述結構中,「*」表示由式(2)所表示的結構與聚 合物骨架的結合鍵。 Specific examples of the structure represented by the formula (2) are shown below, but are not limited to these specific examples. In the following structure, "*" indicates the structure and aggregation represented by the formula (2) The binding bond of the backbone of the compound.

式(3)中,R7表示碳數為1~18的烷基;n1表示0~3的整數。當n1為2或3時,各個R7可相同,亦可不同。「*」表示由式(3)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 In the formula (3), R 7 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms; and n1 represents an integer of 0 to 3. When n1 is 2 or 3, each R 7 may be the same or different. "*" indicates a bond of a structure represented by the formula (3) to a polymer skeleton.

式(3)中,R7的含義與式(1)中的R1中所說明的碳數為1~18的烷基相同。 In the formula (3), R 7 has the same meaning as the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms described in R 1 in the formula (1).

式(3)中,n1表示0~3的整數,較佳為0~2的整數,更佳為0或1。 In the formula (3), n1 represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1.

式(3)中,「*」的含義與式(1)中所說明的結合鍵相同。 In the formula (3), the meaning of "*" is the same as the bond described in the formula (1).

以下,表示由式(3)所表示的結構的具體例,但並不限定於該些具體例。下述結構中,「*」表示由式(3)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 Specific examples of the structure represented by the formula (3) are shown below, but are not limited to these specific examples. In the following structure, "*" represents a bond between the structure represented by the formula (3) and the polymer skeleton.

[化47] [化47]

式(4)中,R8及R9分別獨立地表示碳數為1~18的烷基。n2表示0~3的整數。n3表示0~4的整數。當n2為2或3時,各個R8可相同,亦可不同。當n3表示2~4的整數時,各個R9可相同,亦可不同。「*」表示由式(4)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 In the formula (4), R 8 and R 9 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. N2 represents an integer from 0 to 3. N3 represents an integer from 0 to 4. When n2 is 2 or 3, each R 8 may be the same or different. When n3 represents an integer of 2 to 4, each of R 9 may be the same or different. "*" indicates a bond of a structure represented by the formula (4) to a polymer skeleton.

式(4)中,R8及R9的含義與式(1)中的R1中所說明的碳數為1~18的烷基相同。 In the formula (4), R 8 and R 9 have the same meanings as the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms as described for R 1 in the formula (1).

式(4)中,n2表示0~3的整數,較佳為0~2的整數,更佳為0或1。 In the formula (4), n2 represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1.

式(4)中,n3表示0~4的整數,較佳為0~2的整數,更佳為0或1。 In the formula (4), n3 represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1.

式(4)中,「*」的含義與式(1)中所說明的結合鍵相同。 In the formula (4), the meaning of "*" is the same as the bond described in the formula (1).

以下,表示由式(4)所表示的結構的具體例,但並不限定於該些具體例。下述結構中,「*」表示由式(4)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 Specific examples of the structure represented by the formula (4) are shown below, but are not limited to these specific examples. In the following structure, "*" represents a bond between the structure represented by the formula (4) and the polymer skeleton.

式(5)中,R10~R12分別獨立地表示碳數為1~18的烷基或碳數為1~8的烷氧基。n4~n6分別獨立地表示0~5的整數。 n7~n9分別獨立地表示0或1,n7~n9的至少1個表示1。「*」表示由式(5)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 In the formula (5), R 10 to R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. N4 to n6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5. N7 to n9 each independently represent 0 or 1, and at least one of n7 to n9 represents 1. "*" indicates a bond of a structure represented by the formula (5) to a polymer skeleton.

當式(5)中的R10表示碳數為1~18的烷基時,其含義與式(1)中的R1中所說明的碳數為1~18的烷基相同,較佳為 碳數為1~3的烷基,更佳為甲基。當R10表示碳數為1~8的烷氧基時,烷氧基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~5,進而更佳為1~4。 When R 10 in the formula (5) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, the meaning is the same as the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms as illustrated in R 1 in the formula (1), and preferably The alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferably a methyl group. When R 10 represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, the alkoxy group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

式(5)中的R10可進一步具有取代基。作為可進一步具有的取代基,可列舉自所述取代基群組A中選擇的取代基。 R 10 in the formula (5) may further have a substituent. The substituent which may be further included may be a substituent selected from the substituent group A.

式(5)中的n4表示0~5的整數,較佳為1~4的整數,較佳為2或3。當n4表示2~5的整數時,各個R10可相同,亦可不同。 N4 in the formula (5) represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 2 or 3. When n4 represents an integer of 2 to 5, each R 10 may be the same or different.

式(5)中的R11的含義與式(5)中的R10相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 R 11 in the formula (5) has the same meaning as R 10 in the formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.

式(5)中的n5表示0~5的整數,較佳為1~3的整數,更佳為1或2。當n5表示2~5的整數時,各個R11可相同,亦可不同。 N5 in the formula (5) represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2. When n5 represents an integer of 2 to 5, each of R 11 may be the same or different.

式(5)中的R12的含義與式(5)中的R10相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 R 12 in the formula (5) has the same meaning as R 10 in the formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.

式(5)中的n6表示0~5的整數,較佳為0~3的整數,更佳為0或1。當n6表示2~5的整數時,各個R12可相同,亦可不同。 N6 in the formula (5) represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1. When n6 represents an integer of 2 to 5, each R 12 may be the same or different.

式(5)中的n7~n9分別獨立地表示0或1,n7~n9的至少1個表示1。尤其,較佳為僅n7表示1、或僅n8及n9表示1、或僅n7與n8及n9的任一者表示1。 In the formula (5), n7 to n9 each independently represent 0 or 1, and at least one of n7 to n9 represents 1. In particular, it is preferable that only n7 indicates 1, or only n8 and n9 indicate 1, or only n7 and n8 and n9 indicate one.

式(5)中,「*」的含義與式(1)中所說明的結合鍵相同。 In the formula (5), the meaning of "*" is the same as the bond described in the formula (1).

以下,表示由式(5)所表示的結構的具體例,但並不限定於 該些具體例。下述結構中,「*」表示由式(5)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 Hereinafter, a specific example of the structure represented by the formula (5) is shown, but the invention is not limited thereto. These specific examples. In the following structure, "*" represents a bond between the structure represented by the formula (5) and the polymer skeleton.

用於本發明的色素多聚體所含有的具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少1種的構成單元較佳為由下述式(E)表示。 The constituent unit having at least one of the structures represented by the formulas (1) to (5) contained in the dye-polymer of the present invention is preferably represented by the following formula (E).

式(E) Formula (E)

通式(E)中,X3的含義與通式(A1-1-1)中的Rx相同。 L4的含義與通式(A1-1-1)中的L11相同。Z1表示由所述式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構。 In the formula (E), X 3 has the same meaning as R x in the formula (A1-1-1). The meaning of L 4 is the same as L 11 in the formula (A1-1-1). Z 1 represents a structure represented by the above formulas (1) to (5).

以下,表示具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少1種的構成單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the constituent units having at least one of the structures represented by the formulas (1) to (5) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to the specific examples.

色素多聚體亦可不含具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少1種的構成單元,但於含有該構成單元的情況下,當將色素多聚體中的所有構成單元設為100質量%時,具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少1種的構成單元的含量較佳為0.5質量%~20質量%,更佳為1質量%~10質量%,特佳為1質量%~5質量%。 The dye multimer may not contain at least one constituent unit having a structure represented by the formulas (1) to (5), but in the case where the constituent unit is contained, all the constituents in the dye multimer are included. When the unit is 100% by mass, the content of at least one structural unit having a structure represented by the formulas (1) to (5) is preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass. 10% by mass, particularly preferably 1% by mass to 5% by mass.

<<<特定末端基>>> <<<Specific end base>>>

本發明中所使用的色素多聚體較佳為具有由通式(I)所表示的基或由通式(II)所表示的基(以下,有時稱為「特定末端基」)。 藉由設為此種構成,而可賦予耐溶劑性及耐光性。另外,例如,因藉由活性自由基聚合來合成,故可減小色素多聚體的分散度(Mw/Mn)。即,藉由為色素多聚體,並使高分子量成分的比例變少,而可進一步提昇耐光性,藉由使低分子量成分的比例變少,而可提昇耐溶劑性。進而,可進一步提昇耐熱性、塗佈性、顯影性。 The dye multimer used in the present invention preferably has a group represented by the formula (I) or a group represented by the formula (II) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "specific terminal group"). By adopting such a configuration, solvent resistance and light resistance can be imparted. Further, for example, since it is synthesized by living radical polymerization, the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the dye multimer can be reduced. In other words, by making the pigment multimer and reducing the ratio of the high molecular weight component, the light resistance can be further improved, and the solvent resistance can be improved by reducing the ratio of the low molecular weight component. Further, heat resistance, coatability, and developability can be further improved.

通式(I) General formula (I)

通式(I)中,Z表示氫原子或一價的取代基。*表示與主鏈末端的鍵結位置。 In the formula (I), Z represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. * indicates the bonding position with the end of the main chain.

通式(I)中,Z表示一價的取代基。Z較佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、羧基、氰基、碳數為1~30的烷基、碳數為6~30的一價的芳香族烴基、碳原子與雜原子的合計原子數為3~30的一價的雜環基、-OR1、-SR1、-OC(=O)R1、-N(R1)(R2)、-C(=O)OR1、-C(=O)N(R1)(R2)、-P(=O)(OR1)2、-P(=O)(R1)2或具有聚合物鏈的一 價的基,較佳為自-SR1、芳基、雜芳基、經烷基及/或芳基取代的胺基、烷氧基、及芳氧基中選擇,更佳為自-SR1(較佳為烷硫基、芳硫基)、芳基中選擇,進而更佳為烷硫基或芳基,特佳為烷硫基。 In the formula (I), Z represents a monovalent substituent. Z is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a total of 3 atomic atoms of a carbon atom and a hetero atom. Monovalent heterocyclic groups of ~30, -OR 1 , -SR 1 , -OC(=O)R 1 , -N(R 1 )(R 2 ), -C(=O)OR 1 , -C( =O)N(R 1 )(R 2 ), -P(=O)(OR 1 ) 2 , -P(=O)(R 1 ) 2 or a monovalent group having a polymer chain, preferably Selected from -SR 1 , aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl and/or aryl substituted amine, alkoxy, and aryloxy, more preferably from -SR 1 (preferably alkylthio) It is selected from an arylthio group and an aryl group, and more preferably an alkylthio group or an aryl group, particularly preferably an alkylthio group.

作為Z的芳基較佳為苯基或萘基。作為Z的雜芳基較佳為含氮5員環或6員環化合物。作為Z的經烷基及/或芳基取代的胺基較佳為經碳數為1~5的烷基或苯基取代的胺基。作為Z的烷氧基較佳為碳數為2~5的烷氧基。作為Z的芳氧基較佳為苯氧基。 The aryl group as Z is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. The heteroaryl group as Z is preferably a nitrogen-containing 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring compound. The amine group substituted with an alkyl group and/or an aryl group of Z is preferably an amine group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. The alkoxy group as Z is preferably an alkoxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. The aryloxy group as Z is preferably a phenoxy group.

R1及R2分別獨立地表示碳數為1~30的烷基、碳數為2~30的烯基、碳數為6~30的一價的芳香族烴基、或碳原子與雜原子的合計原子數為3~30的一價的雜環基,所述碳數為1~30的烷基、碳數為6~30的一價的芳香族烴基、碳原子與雜原子的合計原子數為3~30的一價的雜環基、R1及R2均可被取代,亦可不被取代。作為被取代時的取代基,可例示烷基、芳基等。 R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom and a hetero atom. a monovalent heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 atoms in total, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a total number of atoms of a carbon atom and a hetero atom The monovalent heterocyclic group of 3 to 30, R 1 and R 2 may be substituted or unsubstituted. As a substituent at the time of substitution, an alkyl group, an aryl group, etc. are illustrated.

R1及R2較佳為分別獨立地為碳數為1~20的烷基或碳數為6~30的一價的芳香族烴基,更佳為碳數為1~15的烷基或苯基。 R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or benzene. base.

通式(II) General formula (II)

通式(II)中,A及B分別獨立地表示一價的取代基。A與B 可相互連結而形成環。*表示與主鏈末端的鍵結位置。 In the formula (II), A and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent. A and B They can be joined to each other to form a ring. * indicates the bonding position with the end of the main chain.

A及B所表示的一價的取代基較佳為分別獨立地為碳數為1~30的烷基、碳數為6~30的芳基。碳數為1~30的烷基更佳為碳數為3~10。 The monovalent substituent represented by A and B is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, respectively. The alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.

尤其,較佳為A及B的一者為碳數為1~30的二級或三級的烷基,另一者為碳數為1~30的烷基或碳數為6~30的芳基,更佳為A及B的一者為碳數為1~30的三級烷基,A及B的另一者為碳數為1~30的烷基,特佳為A及B的一者為碳數為1~30的三級烷基,另一者為碳數為1~30的二級或三級的烷基(更佳為碳數為1~30的二級烷基)。 In particular, it is preferred that one of A and B is a secondary or tertiary alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, and the other is an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30 or a carbon number of 6 to 30. More preferably, one of A and B is a tertiary alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, and the other of A and B is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably one of A and B. The one is a tertiary alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, and the other is a secondary or tertiary alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30 (more preferably a secondary alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms).

作為碳數為1~30的烷基可具有的取代基,較佳為芳基,更佳為苯基。作為芳基可具有的取代基,較佳為芳基。進而,該些基亦可由其他取代基取代。A與B可相互鍵結而形成環。 The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may have is preferably an aryl group, more preferably a phenyl group. As the substituent which the aryl group may have, an aryl group is preferred. Further, the groups may be substituted by other substituents. A and B may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

於本發明中,特佳為通式(I)中的Z為-SR1或芳基,通式(II)中的A及B分別為碳數為1~30的二級烷基或三級烷基(其中,A與B可相互鍵結而形成環)。 In the present invention, it is particularly preferred that Z in the formula (I) is -SR 1 or an aryl group, and A and B in the formula (II) are a secondary alkyl group or a tertiary group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, respectively. An alkyl group (wherein A and B may be bonded to each other to form a ring).

表示末端基的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。 A specific example of the terminal group is shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化56] [化56]

[化58] [化58]

作為將由通式(I)或通式(II)所表示的末端基導入至聚合物主鏈的方法,較佳為如下的方法:於由通式(Ia)所表示的化合物、由通式(IIa)所表示的化合物、及由通式(IIb)所表示的自由基的至少1種的存在下,使具有色素結構的聚合性化合物進行自由基聚合。 As a method of introducing a terminal group represented by the general formula (I) or the general formula (II) into a polymer main chain, a method represented by the compound represented by the general formula (Ia) and a general formula ( The polymerizable compound having a dye structure is subjected to radical polymerization in the presence of at least one of the compound represented by IIa) and the radical represented by the formula (IIb).

通式(Ia) General formula (Ia)

通式(Ia)中,Z的含義與通式(I)相同。C表示一價的有機基。 In the formula (Ia), Z has the same meaning as in the formula (I). C represents a monovalent organic group.

通式(IIa) General formula (IIa)

通式(IIa)中,Z的含義與通式(II)相同。D表示一價的有機基。 In the formula (IIa), Z has the same meaning as in the formula (II). D represents a monovalent organic group.

通式(IIb) General formula (IIb)

通式(IIb)中,A及B的含義與通式(II)相同。 In the formula (IIb), A and B have the same meanings as in the formula (II).

藉由調配此種添加劑,進行自由基聚合時的末端的活性鈍化成為平衡化狀態,看上去處於自由基不會失活的狀態。藉由以此種活性自由基聚合進行聚合,而可獲得分散度小的多聚體。 By blending such an additive, the active passivation of the terminal at the time of radical polymerization becomes a state of equilibrium, and it appears that the radical is not deactivated. By polymerizing by such living radical polymerization, a polymer having a small dispersion can be obtained.

色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2,000~50,000,更佳為3,000~30,000,特佳為6,000~20,000。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably from 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 30,000, particularly preferably from 6,000 to 20,000.

另外,色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)與數量平均分子量(Mn)的比[(Mw)/(Mn)]較佳為1.0~2.0,更佳為1.1~1.8,特佳為1.1~1.5。 Further, the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the dye multimer [(Mw) / (Mn)] is preferably from 1.0 to 2.0, more preferably from 1.1 to 1.8, particularly preferably from 1.1 to 1. 1.5.

本發明的色素多聚體的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為50℃以上,更佳為100℃以上。另外,利用熱重量分析(熱重分析 (Thermogravimetric Analysis,TGA)測定)所得的5%重量減少溫度較佳為120℃以上,更佳為150℃以上,進而更佳為200℃以上。藉由處於該區域中,當將本發明的著色組成物應用於彩色濾光片等的製作時,可減少由加熱製程所引起的濃度變化。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the dye multimer of the present invention is preferably 50 ° C or higher, more preferably 100 ° C or higher. In addition, using thermogravimetric analysis (thermogravimetric analysis) The 5% weight loss temperature obtained by (Thermogravimetric Analysis, TGA) measurement is preferably 120 ° C or more, more preferably 150 ° C or more, and still more preferably 200 ° C or more. By being in this region, when the colored composition of the present invention is applied to the production of a color filter or the like, the concentration change caused by the heating process can be reduced.

當本發明中所使用的色素多聚體含有具有色素結構的重複單元、及其他重複單元時,較佳為含有色素的聚合性化合物與其他聚合性化合物的無規聚合物。藉由設為無規聚合物,色素結構無規地存在於色素多聚體中,本發明的效果更有效地發揮。 When the dye multimer used in the present invention contains a repeating unit having a dye structure and other repeating units, a random polymer containing a polymerizable compound of a dye and another polymerizable compound is preferable. By using a random polymer, the dye structure is randomly present in the dye multimer, and the effects of the present invention are more effectively exhibited.

另外,本發明的色素多聚體的每單位重量的吸光係數(以後記作ε'。ε'=ε/平均分子量,單位:L/g.cm)較佳為30以上,更佳為60以上,進而更佳為100以上。藉由處於該範圍內,當應用本發明的著色組成物來製作彩色濾光片時,可製作顏色再現性良好的彩色濾光片。 Further, the light absorption coefficient per unit weight of the dye multimer of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as ε'. ε' = ε / average molecular weight, unit: L / g. cm) is preferably 30 or more, more preferably 60 or more. More preferably, it is 100 or more. By being in this range, when the color filter of the present invention is applied to produce a color filter, a color filter having good color reproducibility can be produced.

就著色力的觀點而言,本發明的著色組成物中所使用的色素多聚體的莫耳吸光係數較佳為儘可能高。 From the viewpoint of the coloring power, the molar absorption coefficient of the dye multimer used in the colored composition of the present invention is preferably as high as possible.

就色移的觀點而言,本發明的著色組成物中所使用的色素多聚體的還原黏度較佳為4.0~10.0,更佳為5.0~9.0,進而更佳為6.0~7.0。還原黏度例如可使用烏式黏度計(Ubbelohde viscometer)進行測定。 The reduction viscosity of the dye multimer used in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably from 4.0 to 10.0, more preferably from 5.0 to 9.0, still more preferably from 6.0 to 7.0, from the viewpoint of color shift. The reducing viscosity can be measured, for example, using a Ubbelohde viscometer.

本發明的色素多聚體較佳為溶解於以下的有機溶劑中的化合物。 The dye multimer of the present invention is preferably a compound dissolved in the following organic solvent.

作為有機溶劑,可列舉酯類(例如3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙 氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯等)、醚類(例如甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等)、酮類(甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等)、芳香族烴類(例如甲苯、二甲苯等),較佳為相對於該些溶劑,溶解1質量%以上、50質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上、40質量%以下,進而更佳為10質量%以上、30質量%以下。 藉由處於該區域中,當將本發明的著色組成物應用於彩色濾光片等的製作時,可形成適宜的塗佈面狀、或可減少由塗佈其他顏色後的溶出所引起的濃度下降。 As the organic solvent, esters (for example, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-ethyl b) Ethyl oxypropionate, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, etc., ethers (eg, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol) Monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.), ketones (methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (eg toluene, xylene, etc.) The amount of the solvent is preferably 1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, and still more preferably 10% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less based on the solvent. By applying the coloring composition of the present invention to the production of a color filter or the like in this region, it is possible to form a suitable coating surface or to reduce the concentration caused by dissolution after coating other colors. decline.

於本發明的著色組成物中,可單獨使用1種色素多聚體,亦可併用2種以上。當使用2種以上時,較佳為其合計量相當於後述的含量。 In the colored composition of the present invention, one type of dye multimer may be used alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof corresponds to the content described later.

本發明的著色組成物中的色素多聚體的含量是考慮與後述的顏料的含有比率後設定。 The content of the dye multimer in the colored composition of the present invention is set in consideration of the content ratio of the pigment to be described later.

作為相對於顏料的色素多聚體的質量比(色素多聚體/顏料),較佳為0.1~5,更佳為0.2~2,進而更佳為0.3~1。 The mass ratio (pigment polymer/pigment) of the dye multimer to the pigment is preferably from 0.1 to 5, more preferably from 0.2 to 2, still more preferably from 0.3 to 1.

本發明的著色組成物中的著色劑成分(色素多聚體、後述的顏料及其他染料的合計)較佳為著色組成物的總固體成分的10質量%~80質量%,更佳為15質量%~60質量%。 The coloring agent component (the pigment multimer, the total of the pigments and other dyes described later) in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 10% by mass to 80% by mass, and more preferably 15% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition. %~60% by mass.

本發明的著色組成物除所述色素多聚體以外,含有硬化性化合物。進而,本發明的著色組成物亦可含有其他成分。例如,就為了調節色值等目的而言,較佳為除所述色素多聚體以外,含 有其他著色劑(較佳為顏料)或顏料分散劑。 The colored composition of the present invention contains a curable compound in addition to the dye multimer. Further, the colored composition of the present invention may contain other components. For example, for the purpose of adjusting the color value, etc., it is preferred to include, in addition to the dye multimer, There are other colorants (preferably pigments) or pigment dispersants.

另外,本發明的著色組成物可用於彩色濾光片的著色層的形成。於形成彩色濾光片的情況下,通常除所述色素多聚體及顏料、顏料分散劑以外,含有硬化性化合物。作為硬化性化合物,可例示聚合性化合物或鹼可溶性樹脂(包含含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂),且對應於用途或製造方法而適宜選擇。硬化性化合物較佳為聚合性化合物。進而,本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有光聚合起始劑。 Further, the coloring composition of the present invention can be used for the formation of a coloring layer of a color filter. In the case of forming a color filter, a curable compound is usually contained in addition to the dye multimer, a pigment, and a pigment dispersant. The polymerizable compound or the alkali-soluble resin (including an alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group) is exemplified as the curable compound, and is appropriately selected depending on the use or the production method. The curable compound is preferably a polymerizable compound. Further, the colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.

例如,當藉由光阻劑來形成著色層時,本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有本發明中的色素多聚體、作為硬化性化合物的鹼可溶性樹脂、顏料、顏料分散劑及光聚合起始劑的組成物。進而,亦可含有界面活性劑、溶劑等成分。 For example, when the coloring layer is formed by a photoresist, the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains the dye multimer of the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin as a curable compound, a pigment, a pigment dispersing agent, and photopolymerization. The composition of the starter. Further, a component such as a surfactant or a solvent may be contained.

另外,當藉由乾式蝕刻來形成著色層時,較佳為含有本發明中的色素多聚體、作為硬化性化合物的聚合性化合物、顏料、顏料分散劑及光聚合起始劑的組成物。進而,亦可含有界面活性劑、溶劑等成分。 Further, when the colored layer is formed by dry etching, it is preferably a composition containing the dye multimer of the present invention, a polymerizable compound as a curable compound, a pigment, a pigment dispersant, and a photopolymerization initiator. Further, a component such as a surfactant or a solvent may be contained.

以下,對該些進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the details will be described.

<聚合性化合物> <Polymerizable compound>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有聚合性化合物。 The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.

可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱而進行交聯的公知的聚合性化合物,例如可列舉含有乙烯性不飽和鍵、環狀醚(環氧基、氧雜環丁烷)、羥甲基等的聚合性化合物。就感度的觀點而言,聚合性 化合物可自具有至少1個,較佳為2個以上的末端乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物中適宜選擇。其中,較佳為四官能以上的多官能聚合性化合物,更佳為五官能以上的多官能聚合性化合物。 A known polymerizable compound which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or a heat can be used, and examples thereof include an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether (epoxy group, oxetane), and a methylol group. A polymerizable compound. Polymerization from the viewpoint of sensitivity The compound can be suitably selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Among them, a tetrafunctional or higher polyfunctional polymerizable compound is preferred, and a pentafunctional or higher polyfunctional polymerizable compound is more preferred.

此種化合物群組於本發明的產業領域中廣為人知,本發明中可無特別限定地使用該些化合物。該些化合物例如可為單體,預聚物,即二聚體、三聚體及寡聚物,或該些的混合物以及該些的多聚體等化學形態的任一種。本發明中的聚合性化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Such a compound group is widely known in the industrial field of the present invention, and these compounds can be used without particular limitation in the present invention. These compounds may be, for example, any of the chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers, i.e., dimers, trimers, and oligomers, or mixtures thereof, and multimers thereof. The polymerizable compound in the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

更具體而言,作為單體及其預聚物的例子,可列舉不飽和羧酸(例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類、以及該些的多聚體,較佳為不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、及不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物的醯胺類、以及該些的多聚體。另外,亦可適宜地使用具有羥基或胺基、巰基等親核性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類、與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物,或者與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。另外,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇(thiol)類的加成反應物,進而,具有鹵基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦適宜。另外,作為其他例,亦可使用替換成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯基醚、烯丙醚等的化合物群組來代替 所述不飽和羧酸。 More specifically, examples of the monomer and the prepolymer thereof include an unsaturated carboxylic acid (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or Esters, guanamines, and multimers thereof, preferably esters of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol compound, and guanamines of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyamine compound, and Multimer. Further, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a fluorenyl group, an addition reaction with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy group, or A dehydration condensation reaction with a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid or the like. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or an oxime amine having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol group, Further, a substituted carboxylic acid ester having a detachable substituent such as a halogen group or a tosyloxy group or a decylamine and a substituted reactant of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol are also suitable. Further, as another example, a group of compounds substituted with a vinylbenzene derivative such as an unsaturated phosphonic acid or styrene, a vinyl ether or an allyl ether may be used instead. The unsaturated carboxylic acid.

作為該些的具體的化合物,於本發明中,亦可適宜地使用日本專利特開2009-288705號公報的段落號[0095]~段落號[0108]中所記載的化合物。 As the specific compound, in the present invention, the compound described in Paragraph No. [0095] to Paragraph No. [0108] of JP-A-2009-288705 can also be suitably used.

另外,作為所述聚合性化合物,具有至少1個可進行加成聚合的伸乙基、且於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點的含有乙烯性不飽和基的化合物亦較佳。作為該化合物的例子,可列舉:聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯等單官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯、於甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成者,如日本專利特公昭48-41708號公報、日本專利特公昭50-6034號公報、日本專利特開昭51-37193號公報中所記載的(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,日本專利特開昭48-64183號公報、日本專利特公昭49-43191號公報、日本專利特公昭52-30490號公報中所記載的聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯、以及該些的混合物。 Further, as the polymerizable compound, an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing compound having at least one ethyl group which can undergo addition polymerization and having a boiling point of 100 ° C or higher at normal pressure is also preferable. Examples of the compound include monofunctional acrylates or methyl groups such as polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate. Acrylate; polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, Pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexane diol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (propylene oxy group) Propyl)ether, tris(propyleneoxyethyl)isocyanurate, addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol such as glycerin or trimethylolethane (methyl) The (meth)acrylic acid amide is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho-48-41708, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO-50-6034, and JP-A-51-37193. Ester, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 48-64183, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 49-43191, Japanese Patent The polyester acrylate described in the publication No. 52-30490, a polyfunctional acrylate or methacrylate such as an epoxy acrylate which is a reaction product of an epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic acid, and the like mixture.

亦可列舉使多官能羧酸與(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環狀醚基與乙烯性不飽和基的化合物進行反應而獲得的多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 A polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a compound having a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated group such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate may, for example, be mentioned.

另外,作為其他較佳的聚合性化合物,亦可使用日本專利特開2010-160418號公報、日本專利特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號說明書等中所記載的具有茀環、且具有二官能以上的乙烯性不飽和基的化合物,卡多樹脂(cardo resin)。 In addition, as the other preferable polymerizable compound, an anthracene ring described in the specification of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, and Japanese Patent No. 4364216, and the like can be used. A compound having a difunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated group, a cardo resin.

另外,作為於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點、且具有至少1個可進行加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基的化合物,日本專利特開2008-292970號公報的段落號[0254]~段落號[0257]中所記載的化合物亦適宜。 In addition, as a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C or higher and having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group capable of undergoing addition polymerization under normal pressure, paragraph number [0254] of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2008-292970 The compound described in No. [0257] is also suitable.

除所述以外,亦可適宜地使用由下述通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)所表示的自由基聚合性單體。再者,式中,當T為氧基伸烷基時,碳原子側的末端與R鍵結。 In addition to the above, a radical polymerizable monomer represented by the following formula (MO-1) to formula (MO-5) can be suitably used. Further, in the formula, when T is an alkyloxy group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R.

[化62] [化62]

於所述通式中,n為0~14,m為1~8。一分子內存在多個的R、T彼此可相同,亦可不同。 In the above formula, n is 0 to 14, and m is 1 to 8. R and T in a plurality of molecules may be the same or different from each other.

於由所述通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)所表示的各聚合性化合物中,存在多個的R的至少1個表示由-OC(=O)CH=CH2、或-OC(=O)C(CH3)=CH2所表示的基。 In each of the polymerizable compounds represented by the above formula (MO-1) to formula (MO-5), at least one of R is represented by -OC(=O)CH=CH 2 , Or a group represented by -OC(=O)C(CH 3 )=CH 2 .

於本發明中,作為由所述通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)所表示的聚合性化合物的具體例,亦可適宜地使用日本專利特開2007-269779號公報的段落號0248~段落號0251中所記載的化合物。 In the present invention, as a specific example of the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (MO-1) to (MO-5), a paragraph of JP-A-2007-269779 may be suitably used. The compound described in No. 0248 to Paragraph No. 0251.

另外,於日本專利特開平10-62986號公報中作為通式(1)及通式(2)且與其具體例一同記載的如下化合物亦可用作聚合性化合物,該化合物是於所述多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。 The following compounds which are described in the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) together with the specific examples thereof can also be used as a polymerizable compound, which is a polyfunctional compound, in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 10-62986. A compound obtained by adding (meth)acrylic acid after adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to an alcohol.

其中,作為聚合性化合物,較佳為二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-330;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-320;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-310;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、伸乙氧基改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(市售品為A-DPH-12E;新中村化學股份有限公司製造)、以及該些的(甲基)丙烯醯基介於乙 二醇、丙二醇殘基之間的結構。亦可使用該些的寡聚物型。 Among them, as the polymerizable compound, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available product are preferred). KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercial product is KAYARAD D-310; Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. Manufactured by the company), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), ethoxylated dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (commercially available) The product is A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the (meth)acrylonitrile group is in the B The structure between the diol and propylene glycol residues. These oligomer types can also be used.

作為聚合性化合物,亦可為多官能單體,且具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基。如上所述,若乙烯性化合物為如混合物的情況般具有未反應的羧基的化合物,則可直接利用該乙烯性化合物,於必要時,亦可使所述乙烯性化合物的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐進行反應來導入酸基。於此情況下,作為所使用的非芳香族羧酸酐的具體例,可列舉四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、烷基化四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、烷基化六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、丁二酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐。 The polymerizable compound may be a polyfunctional monomer and has an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. As described above, when the ethylenic compound is a compound having an unreacted carboxyl group as in the case of a mixture, the ethylenic compound can be directly used, and if necessary, the hydroxyl group and the non-aromatic carboxyl group of the ethylenic compound can also be used. The acid anhydride is reacted to introduce an acid group. In this case, specific examples of the non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to be used include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, and alkylation. Hexahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride.

於本發明中,具有酸基的單體為脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯,較佳為使脂肪族聚羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐進行反應而具有酸基的多官能單體,特佳為於該酯中,脂肪族聚羥基化合物為季戊四醇及/或二季戊四醇者。作為市售品,例如可列舉作為東亞合成股份有限公司製造的多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物的M-510、M-520等。 In the present invention, the monomer having an acid group is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and it is preferred to react an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to have an acid. The polyfunctional monomer is particularly preferred in the ester, and the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. As a commercial item, M-510, M-520, etc. which are polyacid-acid-modified acrylic oligomer manufactured by the East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd. are mentioned, for example.

該些單體可單獨使用1種,但因於製造方面難以使用單一的化合物,故亦可將2種以上混合使用。另外,視需要,亦可併用不具有酸基的多官能單體與具有酸基的多官能單體作為單體。 One type of these monomers may be used alone. However, since it is difficult to use a single compound in terms of production, two or more types may be used in combination. Further, as the monomer, a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group and a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group may be used in combination as needed.

具有酸基的多官能單體的較佳的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5mgKOH/g~30mgKOH/g。若多官能單體的酸值過低,則顯影溶解特性下降,若過高,則製造或處理變得困難 且光聚合性能下降,畫素的表面平滑性等硬化性欠佳。因此,當併用2種以上酸基不同的多官能單體時、或者當併用不具有酸基的多官能單體時,較佳為以使所有多官能單體的酸值處於所述範圍內的方式進行調整。 A preferred acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is from 0.1 mgKOH/g to 40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably from 5 mgKOH/g to 30 mgKOH/g. If the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer is too low, the development and dissolution characteristics are lowered, and if it is too high, manufacturing or handling becomes difficult. Further, the photopolymerization performance is lowered, and the surface smoothness of the pixel is poor. Therefore, when two or more kinds of polyfunctional monomers having different acid groups are used in combination, or when a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group is used in combination, it is preferred that the acid value of all the polyfunctional monomers is within the range The way to adjust.

另外,作為聚合性化合物,含有具有己內酯結構的多官能性單量體亦為較佳的形態。 Further, as the polymerizable compound, a polyfunctional monomeric body having a caprolactone structure is also preferable.

作為具有己內酯結構的多官能性單量體,只要其分子內具有己內酯結構,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉藉由將三羥甲基乙烷、二-三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二-三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油(glycerin)、二甘油(diglycerol)、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯加以酯化而獲得的ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。其中,較佳為由下述通式(Z-1)所表示的具有己內酯結構的多官能性單量體。 The polyfunctional monolith having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule, and examples thereof include trishydroxymethylethane and di-trimethylol B. Polyols such as alkane, trimethylolpropane, di-trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol, trimethylol melamine and (meth)acrylic acid and The ε-caprolactone obtained by esterification of ε-caprolactone is modified with a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate. Among them, a polyfunctional mono-weight having a caprolactone structure represented by the following formula (Z-1) is preferred.

通式(Z-1)中,6個R均為由下述通式(Z-2)所表示的基、或者6個R中的1個~5個為由下述通式(Z-2)所表示的基,剩餘者為由下述通式(Z-3)所表示的基。 In the general formula (Z-1), all of the six R groups are represented by the following formula (Z-2), or one to five of the six R groups are represented by the following formula (Z-2). The remaining group is a group represented by the following formula (Z-3).

[化65] [化65]

通式(Z-2)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2的整數,「*」表示結合鍵。 In the formula (Z-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents an integer of 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bond.

通式(Z-3)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,「*」表示結合鍵。 In the formula (Z-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and "*" represents a bond.

此種具有己內酯結構的多官能性單量體例如作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而由日本化藥(股份)市售,可列舉:DPCA-20(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)所表示的基的數量=2、R1均為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-30(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)所表示的基的數量=3、R1均為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-60(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)所表示的基的數量=6、R1均為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-120(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中,m=2、由式(Z-2)所表示的基的數量=6、R1均為氫原子的化合物)等。 Such a polyfunctional single body having a caprolactone structure is commercially available, for example, as a KAYARAD DPCA series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and may be exemplified by DPCA-20 (the formula (Z-1) to the formula (Z- 3), m = 1, the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 2, R 1 is a compound of a hydrogen atom), DPCA-30 (the formula (Z-1) ~ formula (Z In -3), m = 1, the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 3, a compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom), DPCA-60 (the formula (Z-1) - formula ( Z-3) in, m = 1, the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) represented by = 6, R 1 of the compound are hydrogen atoms), DPCA-120 (of the formula (Z-1) ~ formula In (Z-3), m = 2, the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 6, a compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom, and the like.

於本發明中,具有己內酯結構的多官能性單量體可單獨使 用、或者將2種以上混合使用。 In the present invention, a polyfunctional monothomer having a caprolactone structure can be used alone Use or mix two or more types.

另外,作為本發明中的特定單體,選自由下述通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物的群組中的至少1種亦較佳。 In addition, as the specific monomer in the present invention, at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) is also preferable.

所述通式(Z-4)及通式(Z-5)中,E分別獨立地表示-((CH2)yCH2O)-、或-((CH2)yCH(CH3)O)-,y分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,X分別獨立地表示丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、氫原子、或羧基。 In the general formula (Z-4) and the general formula (Z-5), E independently represents -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)-, or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 ) O)-, y each independently represent an integer of 0 to 10, and X each independently represents an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group.

所述通式(Z-4)中,丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的合計為3個或4個,m分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各m的合計為0~40的整數。其中,當各m的合計為0時,X中的任一個為羧基。 In the above formula (Z-4), the total of the acrylonitrile group and the methacryl group is 3 or 4, and m each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40. . However, when the total of each m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

所述通式(Z-5)中,丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的合計為5個或6個,n分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各n的合計為0~60的整數。其中,當各n的合計為0時,X中的任一個為羧基。 In the above formula (Z-5), the total of the acryloyl group and the methacryl fluorenyl group is 5 or 6, and n each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60. . However, when the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

所述通式(Z-4)中,m較佳為0~6的整數,更佳為0~4的整數。另外,各m的合計較佳為2~40的整數,更佳為2 ~16的整數,特佳為4~8的整數。 In the above formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. Further, the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably 2 An integer of ~16, particularly preferably an integer from 4 to 8.

所述通式(Z-5)中,n較佳為0~6的整數,更佳為0~4的整數。 In the above formula (Z-5), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.

另外,各n的合計較佳為3~60的整數,更佳為3~24的整數,特佳為6~12的整數。 Further, the total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.

另外,通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)中的-((CH2)yCH2O)-、或-((CH2)yCH(CH3)O)-較佳為氧原子側的末端與X鍵結的形態。 Further, -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- in the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) is preferably It is a form in which the end of the oxygen atom side is bonded to X.

由所述通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。尤其,較佳為於通式(Z-5)中,6個X均為丙烯醯基的形態。 The compound represented by the above formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In particular, in the general formula (Z-5), it is preferred that all of the six X groups are acrylonitrile groups.

另外,作為由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物於聚合性化合物中的總含量,較佳為20質量%以上,更佳為50質量%以上。 In addition, the total content of the compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) in the polymerizable compound is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more.

由所述通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物可由作為先前公知的步驟的如下步驟來合成:藉由使季戊四醇或二季戊四醇與環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷進行開環加成反應來使開環骨架鍵結的步驟、以及使開環骨架的末端羥基與例如(甲基)丙烯醯氯進行反應來導入(甲基)丙烯醯基的步驟。各步驟是廣為人知的步驟,本領域從業人員可容易地合成由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the above formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5) can be synthesized by the following steps as a previously known step: by making pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol with ethylene oxide or propylene oxide The step of performing a ring-opening addition reaction to bond the ring-opening skeleton and a step of introducing a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group by reacting a terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton with, for example, (meth)acryloyl chloride. Each step is a well-known step, and a compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) can be easily synthesized by a person skilled in the art.

由所述通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物之中,更佳為季戊四醇衍生物及/或二季戊四醇衍生物。 Among the compounds represented by the above formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5), a pentaerythritol derivative and/or a dipentaerythritol derivative are more preferred.

具體而言,可列舉由下述式(a)~式(f)所表示的化合物(以下,亦稱為「例示化合物(a)~例示化合物(f)」),其中,較佳為例示化合物(a)、例示化合物(b)、例示化合物(e)、例示化合物(f)。 Specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (a) to formula (f) (hereinafter also referred to as "exemplary compound (a) to exemplary compound (f)")), preferably an exemplified compound (a), exemplified compound (b), exemplified compound (e), and exemplified compound (f).

[化69] [化69]

作為由通式(Z-4)、通式(Z-5)所表示的聚合性化合物的市售品,例如可列舉:沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司製造的作為具有4個伸乙氧基鏈的四官能丙烯酸酯的SR-494、日本化藥股份有限公司製造的作為具有6個伸戊氧基鏈的六官能丙烯酸酯的DPCA-60、作為具有3個異伸丁氧基鏈的三官能丙烯酸酯的TPA-330等。 As a commercial item of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) and the general formula (Z-5), for example, Sartomer Co., Ltd. can be used as the ethoxylated chain. Tetrafunctional acrylate-based SR-494, DPCA-60 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentyloxy chains, as a trifunctional having 3 out-of-strand butoxy chains Acrylate TPA-330 and the like.

另外,作為聚合性化合物,如日本專利特公昭48-41708號公報、日本專利特開昭51-37193號公報、日本專利特公平2-32293號公報、日本專利特公平2-16765號公報中所記載的丙烯 酸胺基甲酸酯類,或日本專利特公昭58-49860號公報、日本專利特公昭56-17654號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39417號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39418號公報中記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架的胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦適宜。進而,藉由使用日本專利特開昭63-277653號公報、日本專利特開昭63-260909號公報、日本專利特開平1-105238號公報中所記載的分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構的加成聚合性化合物類作為聚合性化合物,可獲得感光速度非常優異的硬化性組成物。 In addition, as a polymerizable compound, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-41708, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 51-37193, Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 2-32293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 2-16765 Recorded propylene The acid urethanes are described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO 62-39418. A urethane compound having an ethylene oxide skeleton is also suitable. In addition, an amine-based structure or a sulfide structure is described in the molecule as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. As the polymerizable compound, an addition polymerizable compound can obtain a curable composition having a very excellent photospeed.

作為聚合性化合物的市售品,可列舉:胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(山陽國策紙漿(Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp)公司製造),UA-7200(新中村化學公司製造),DPHA-40H(日本化藥公司製造),UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-3061、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共榮社製造)等。 As a commercial product of a polymerizable compound, urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (made by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp company), UA-7200 (made by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) , DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-3061, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Co., Ltd.).

作為環狀醚(環氧基、氧雜環丁烷),例如作為具有環氧基者,可列舉作為雙酚A型環氧樹脂的JER-827、JER-828、JER-834、JER-1001、JER-1002、JER-1003、JER-1055、JER-1007、JER-1009、JER-1010(以上,日本環氧樹脂(Japan Epoxy Resins)(股份)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)860、EPICLON1050、EPICLON1051、EPICLON1055(以上,迪愛生(DIC)(股份)製造)等,作為雙酚F型環氧樹脂的JER-806、JER-807、JER-4004、JER-4005、JER-4007、JER-4010(以上,日本環氧樹脂(股份)製造),EPICLON830、EPICLON835(以上,迪愛生(股份)製造), LCE-21、RE-602S(以上,日本化藥(股份)製造)等,作為苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂的JER-152、JER-154、JER-157S70、JER-157S65(以上,日本環氧樹脂(股份)製造),EPICLON N-740、EPICLON N-770、EPICLON N-775(以上,迪愛生(股份)製造)等,作為甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂的EPICLON N-660、EPICLON N-665、EPICLON N-670、EPICLON N-673、EPICLON N-680、EPICLON N-690、EPICLON N-695(以上,迪愛生(股份)製造),EOCN-1020(以上,日本化藥(股份)製造),作為脂肪族環氧樹脂的艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4080S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S(以上,艾迪科(ADEKA)(股份)製造),賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、Celloxide2081、Celloxide2083、Celloxide2085、EHPE-3150(2,2-雙(羥基甲基)-1-丁醇的1,2-環氧基-4-(2-環氧乙烷基)環己烷加成物)、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 3600、EPOLEAD PB 4700(以上,大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業(股份)製造),丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-211L、EX-212L、EX-214L、EX-216L、EX-321L、EX-850L(以上,長瀨化成(Nagase chemteX)(股份)製造),ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S(以上,艾迪科(股份)製造),NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上,艾迪科(股份)製造),JER-1031S(日本環氧樹脂(股份)製造)等。此種聚合性化合物適合於藉由乾式蝕刻法來形成圖案的情況。 Examples of the cyclic ether (epoxy group or oxetane) include, for example, JER-827, JER-828, JER-834, and JER-1001 which are bisphenol A type epoxy resins. , JER-1002, JER-1003, JER-1055, JER-1007, JER-1009, JER-1010 (above, Japan Epoxy Resins (share)), Abilon (EPICLON) 860, EPICLON1050, EPICLON1051, EPICLON1055 (above, DIC (manufactured by DIC)), JER-806, JER-807, JER-4004, JER-4005, JER-4007, JER as bisphenol F-type epoxy resin -4010 (above, manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON 830, EPICLON 835 (above, manufactured by Di Ai Sheng (share)), LCE-21, RE-602S (above, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc., JER-152, JER-154, JER-157S70, JER-157S65 as phenol novolac type epoxy resin (above, Japan Epoxy Resin (manufactured by Resin), EPICLON N-740, EPICLON N-770, EPICLON N-775 (above, manufactured by Di Aisheng (share)), etc., EPICLON N-660, EPICLON N as cresol novolac type epoxy resin -665, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N-680, EPICLON N-690, EPICLON N-695 (above, manufactured by Di Aisheng (share)), EOCN-1020 (above, Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufactured as an aliphatic epoxy resin, ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S (above, manufactured by ADEKA (share)), Cerro Celloxide 2021P, Celloxide 2081, Celloxide 2083, Celloxide 2085, EHPE-3150 (2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1-butanol 1,2-epoxy-4-(2-oxirane) Base) cyclohexane adduct), EPOLEAD PB 3600, EPOLEAD PB 4700 (above, manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Denacol EX-211L, EX -212L, EX-214L EX-216L, EX-321L, EX-850L (above, manufactured by Nagase chemteX (share)), ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S (above, manufactured by Aidike (share)), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above, manufactured by Eddie Co., Ltd.), JER-1031S (made by Japan Epoxy Co., Ltd.). Such a polymerizable compound is suitable for the case where a pattern is formed by a dry etching method.

該些聚合性化合物的結構、單獨使用或併用、添加量等使用方法的詳細情況可根據著色組成物的最終的性能設計而任意地設定。例如,就感度的觀點而言,較佳為每1分子的不飽和基含量多的結構,於多數情況下,較佳為二官能以上。另外,就提高由著色組成物所形成的硬化膜的強度的觀點而言,三官能以上的聚合性化合物為宜,進而,藉由併用官能基數不同.聚合性基不同(例如丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、苯乙烯系化合物、乙烯基醚系化合物)聚合性化合物,而調節感度與強度兩者的方法亦有效。 進而,併用三官能以上且環氧乙烷鏈長不同的聚合性化合物就可調節著色組成物的顯影性、獲得優異的圖案形成能力的觀點而言較佳。 The details of the method of using the polymerizable compound, the use alone or in combination, and the amount of addition can be arbitrarily set depending on the final performance design of the coloring composition. For example, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, a structure having a large content of an unsaturated group per molecule is preferable, and in many cases, a difunctional or higher is preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the strength of the cured film formed by the colored composition, a trifunctional or higher polymerizable compound is preferable, and further, the number of functional groups is different by the combination. A polymerizable compound having different polymerizable groups (for example, an acrylate, a methacrylate, a styrene compound, or a vinyl ether compound) is effective in adjusting both sensitivity and strength. Further, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having a trifunctional or higher functional group and a different ethylene oxide chain length in order to adjust the developability of the colored composition and obtain excellent pattern forming ability.

另外,對於與著色組成物中所含有的其他成分(例如光聚合起始劑、被分散體、鹼可溶性樹脂等)的相容性、分散性而言,聚合性化合物的選擇.使用法亦是重要的因素,例如,有時可使用低純度化合物或併用2種以上來提昇相容性。另外,就提昇與支撐體等的硬質表面的密著性的觀點而言,亦可選擇特定的結構。 Further, the compatibility and dispersibility of other components (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a dispersion, an alkali-soluble resin, and the like) contained in the colored composition are selected as the polymerizable compound. The use method is also an important factor. For example, it is sometimes possible to use a low-purity compound or a combination of two or more types to improve compatibility. Moreover, a specific structure can also be selected from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to a hard surface such as a support.

當調配聚合性化合物時,相對於著色組成物中的總固體成分,本發明的著色組成物中的聚合性化合物的含量較佳為0.1質量%~90質量%,更佳為1.0質量%~60質量%,特佳為2.0質量%~40質量%。 When the polymerizable compound is blended, the content of the polymerizable compound in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably from 1.0% by mass to 60%, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The mass% is particularly preferably 2.0% by mass to 40% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有1種聚合性化合物,亦可含有2種以上。當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<多官能硫醇化合物> <Multifunctional thiol compound>

以促進聚合性化合物的反應等為目的,本發明的著色組成物亦可含有分子內具有2個以上的巰基的多官能硫醇化合物。多官能硫醇化合物較佳為二級的烷烴硫醇類,特佳為具有由下述通式(I)所表示的結構的化合物。 The colored composition of the present invention may contain a polyfunctional thiol compound having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule for the purpose of promoting the reaction of the polymerizable compound. The polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkanethiol, and particularly preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (I).

通式(I) General formula (I)

(式中,n表示2~4的整數,L表示二價~四價的連結基) (wherein, n represents an integer from 2 to 4, and L represents a divalent to tetravalent linkage)

所述通式(I)中,連結基L較佳為碳數為2~12的脂肪族基,特佳為n為2、L為碳數為2~12的伸烷基。作為多官能硫醇化合物的具體例,可列舉由下述的結構式(II)~結構式(IV)所表示的化合物,特佳為由(II)所表示的化合物。該些多官能硫醇化合物可使用1種、或將多種組合使用。 In the above formula (I), the linking group L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably n is 2, and L is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the polyfunctional thiol compound include a compound represented by the following structural formula (II) to structural formula (IV), and particularly preferably a compound represented by (II). These polyfunctional thiol compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

[化71] [71]

相對於除溶劑以外的總固體成分,本發明的組成物中的多官能硫醇化合物的調配量理想的是於0.3wt%(重量百分比)~8.9wt%,更佳為0.8wt%~6.4wt%的範圍內添加。另外,多官能硫醇化合物亦能夠以改良穩定性、臭氣、解析性、顯影性、密著性等為目的而添加。 The compounding amount of the polyfunctional thiol compound in the composition of the present invention is desirably from 0.3% by weight to 8.9% by weight, more preferably from 0.8% by weight to 6.4%, based on the total solid content other than the solvent. Added in the range of %. Further, the polyfunctional thiol compound can also be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion, and the like.

<光聚合起始劑> <Photopolymerization initiator>

就進一步提昇感度的觀點而言,本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有光聚合起始劑。 The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator in terms of further enhancing the sensitivity.

作為所述光聚合起始劑,只要具有使所述聚合性化合物的聚合開始的能力,則並無特別限制,可自公知的光聚合起始劑中適宜選擇。例如,較佳為對於紫外線區域至可見光線具有感光性者。 另外,可為與經光激發的增感劑產生某種作用,而生成活性自由基的活性劑,亦可為如對應於單體的種類而使陽離子聚合開始的起始劑。 The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, it is preferred that the ultraviolet region has a sensitivity to visible light. Further, it may be an active agent which generates a living radical with a photo-excited sensitizer, and may also be an initiator which starts cationic polymerization corresponding to the type of the monomer.

另外,所述光聚合起始劑較佳為含有至少1種如下的化合物,該化合物於約300nm~800nm(更佳為330nm~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50的分子吸光係數。 Further, the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molecular absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in a range of from about 300 nm to 800 nm, more preferably from 330 nm to 500 nm.

作為所述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等,較佳為肟化合物。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, a triazine skeleton, a oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), a mercaptophosphine compound such as a mercaptophosphine oxide, or a hexaarylbiimidazole. An anthracene compound such as an anthracene derivative, an organic peroxide, a sulfur compound, a ketone compound, an aromatic onium salt, a ketoxime ether, an aminoacetophenone compound, or a hydroxyacetophenone is preferably an anthracene compound.

另外,就曝光感度的觀點而言,較佳為選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚體、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基噁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物所組成的群組中的化合物。 Further, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, a mercaptophosphine compound, Phosphine oxide compound, metallocene compound, hydrazine compound, triallyl imidazole dimer, hydrazine compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and its derivative, cyclopentadiene-benzene- A compound of the group consisting of an iron complex and a salt thereof, a halomethyl oxadiazole compound, and a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound.

更佳為三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦 化合物、氧化膦化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚體、三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物、鎓化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,特佳為選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物所組成的群組中的至少一種化合物。另外,三芳基咪唑化合物亦可為與苯并咪唑的混合物。 More preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-amino ketone compound, or a decyl phosphine a compound, a phosphine oxide compound, an anthracene compound, a triallyl imidazole dimer, a triarylimidazole compound, a benzimidazole compound, an anthraquinone compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, particularly preferably selected from the group consisting of trihalide At least one compound selected from the group consisting of a triazine compound, an α-amino ketone compound, an anthraquinone compound, a triallyl imidazole compound, a benzophenone compound, a triarylimidazole compound, and a benzimidazole compound. Further, the triarylimidazole compound may also be a mixture with benzimidazole.

具體而言,作為三鹵甲基三嗪化合物,可例示以下的化合物。 再者,Ph為苯基。 Specifically, the following compounds can be exemplified as the trihalomethyltriazine compound. Further, Ph is a phenyl group.

作為三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物,可例示以下的化合物。 The following compounds can be exemplified as the triaryl imidazole compound and the benzimidazole compound.

作為三鹵甲基三嗪化合物,亦可使用市售品,例如亦可使用TAZ-107(綠化學(Midori Kagaku)公司製造)。 A commercially available product can also be used as the trihalomethyltriazine compound, and for example, TAZ-107 (manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.) can also be used.

尤其,當將本發明的著色組成物用於固體攝像元件所具備的彩色濾光片的製作時,因需要以尖銳的形狀形成微細的圖案,故重要的是硬化性且無殘渣地對未曝光部進行顯影。就此種觀點而言,特佳為使用肟化合物作為聚合起始劑。尤其,當於固體攝像元件中形成微細的圖案時,將步進式曝光機用於硬化用曝光,但該曝光機有時因鹵素而受損,必須將聚合起始劑的添加量亦抑制得低,因此若考慮該些方面,則於如固體攝像元件般形成微細圖案時,作為光聚合起始劑,特佳為使用肟化合物。 In particular, when the colored composition of the present invention is used for the production of a color filter provided in a solid-state image sensor, it is necessary to form a fine pattern in a sharp shape. Therefore, it is important that the color is not exposed to the hardenability and residue. The part is developed. From this point of view, it is particularly preferred to use a ruthenium compound as a polymerization initiator. In particular, when a fine pattern is formed in a solid-state image sensor, a stepper is used for exposure for hardening, but the exposure machine may be damaged by halogen, and it is necessary to suppress the addition amount of the polymerization initiator. In view of the above, when a fine pattern is formed as in a solid-state image sensor, it is particularly preferable to use a ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator.

作為所述具有三嗪骨架的鹵化烴化合物,例如可列舉:若林等著,「日本化學學會通報(Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan)」,42,2924(1969)中記載的化合物,英國專利第1388492號說明書中記載的化合物,日本專利特開昭53-133428號公報中記載的化合物,德國專利第3337024號說明書中記載的化合物,F.C.謝弗(F.C.Schaefer)等的「有機化學期刊(J.Org.Chem.)」,29,1527(1964)中記載的化合物,日本專利特開昭62-58241號公報中記載的化合物,日本專利特開平5-281728號公報中記載的化合物,日本專利特開平5-34920號公報中記載的化合物,美國專利第4212976號說明書中所記載的化合物,尤其可列舉日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落號0075中所記載的化合物等。 Examples of the halogenated hydrocarbon compound having a triazine skeleton include, for example, a compound described in "Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan", 42, 2924 (1969), and a British patent. The compound described in the specification of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 53-133428, the compound described in the specification of German Patent No. 3337024, and the "Journal of Organic Chemistry" by FC Schaefer et al. A compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The compound described in JP-A No. 5-34920, and the compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976, and the like, are, for example, the compounds described in paragraph No. 0075 of JP-A-2013-077009.

另外,作為所述以外的光聚合起始劑,可例示吖啶衍生 物。具體而言,可列舉日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落號0076中所記載的化合物等,該些的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 Further, as the photopolymerization initiator other than the above, acridine derivative can be exemplified Things. Specifically, a compound or the like described in Paragraph No. 0076 of JP-A-2013-077009 can be incorporated into the specification of the present application.

作為所述酮化合物,例如可列舉日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落號0077中所記載的化合物等,該些的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 Examples of the ketone compound include a compound described in Paragraph No. 0077 of JP-A-2013-077009, and the contents of these can be incorporated into the specification of the present application.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦可適宜地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物、及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如亦可使用日本專利特開平10-291969號公報中所記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號公報中所記載的醯基氧化膦系起始劑。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, an amino acetophenone-based initiator as described in JP-A-10-291969, and a sulfhydryl phosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 42258899 can be used. .

作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用豔佳固(IRGACURE)-184、達羅卡(DAROCUR)-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、及IRGACURE-379(商品名:均為巴斯夫公司製造)。作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦可使用吸收波長與365nm或405nm等的長波光源匹配的日本專利特開2009-191179號公報中所記載的化合物。另外,作為醯基膦系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的IRGACURE-819或DAROCUR-TPO(商品名:均為巴斯夫公司製造)。 As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 can be used (trade name: all are BASF (BASF) )))) As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) which are commercially available products can be used. As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179, which is a wavelength of a long-wavelength source such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can be used. Further, as the mercaptophosphine-based initiator, IRGACURE-819 or DAROCUR-TPO (trade name: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) which is a commercially available product can be used.

作為光聚合起始劑,更佳為可列舉肟化合物。作為肟化 合物的具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2001-233842號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報中記載的化合物。 As a photopolymerization initiator, a ruthenium compound is more preferable. As a change Specific examples of the compound include a compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, a compound described in JP-A-2000-80068, and a compound described in JP-A-2006-342166.

作為可適宜地用作本發明中的光聚合起始劑的肟衍生物等肟化合物,例如可列舉:3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、以及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。 As the hydrazine compound such as an anthracene derivative which can be suitably used as the photopolymerization initiator in the present invention, for example, 3-benzylideneoxyimidobutan-2-one and 3-ethyloxy group can be mentioned. Iminobutan-2-one, 3-propenyloxyimidobutan-2-one, 2-ethyloxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-ethyloxyimide 1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzylideneoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane- 2-ketone, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, and the like.

作為肟化合物,可列舉:「英國化學會誌,柏爾金匯刊II(J.C.S.Perkin II)」(1979年)pp.1653-1660、「英國化學會誌,柏爾金匯刊II」(1979年)pp.156-162、「光聚合物科學與技術雜誌(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)」(1995年)pp.202-232、日本專利特開2000-66385號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特表2004-534797號公報、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報的各公報中所記載的化合物等。 As the ruthenium compound, "British Chemical Society, JC Perkin II" (1979) pp. 1653-1660, "British Chemical Society, Berkin Journal II" (1979) Pp. 156-162, "Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology" (1995) pp. 202-232, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-66385, Japan A compound or the like described in each of the publications of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. JP-A-2006-342166.

市售品亦可適宜地使用IRGACURE-OXE01(巴斯夫公司製造)、IRGACURE-OXE02(巴斯夫公司製造)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)。 Commercially available products such as IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), and TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.) can be suitably used.

另外,作為所述記載以外的肟化合物,亦可使用咔唑的N位上連結有肟的日本專利特表2009-519904號公報中所記載的 化合物、二苯甲酮部位上導入有雜取代基的美國專利第7626957號公報中所記載的化合物、色素部位上導入有硝基的日本專利特開2010-15025號公報及美國專利公開2009-292039號中記載的化合物、國際公開專利2009-131189號公報中所記載的酮肟化合物、同一分子內含有三嗪骨架與肟骨架的美國專利7556910號公報中所記載的化合物、於405nm下具有最大吸收且對於g射線光源具有良好的感度的日本專利特開2009-221114號公報中記載的化合物等。 In addition, as the ruthenium compound other than the above-mentioned, it is possible to use the ninth aspect of the carbazole, which is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-519904. The compound described in the U.S. Patent No. 7,626,957 to which a compound or a benzophenone moiety is introduced, and a nitro group, and a nitro group, are disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-15025, and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009-292039 The compound described in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-131189, the compound described in U.S. Patent No. 7,556,910, which contains a triazine skeleton and an anthracene skeleton in the same molecule, has a maximum absorption at 405 nm. Further, the compound described in JP-A-2009-221114, which has a good sensitivity to a g-ray source, is used.

較佳為亦可進而適宜地使用日本專利特開2007-231000號公報、及日本專利特開2007-322744號公報中所記載的環狀肟化合物。環狀肟化合物之中,尤其日本專利特開2010-32985號公報、日本專利特開2010-185072號公報中所記載的於咔唑色素中進行縮環而成的環狀肟化合物具有高光吸收性,就高感度化的觀點而言較佳。 The cyclic ruthenium compound described in JP-A-2007-2320, and JP-A-2007-322744 is preferably used. Among the cyclic ruthenium compounds, the cyclic ruthenium compound which is condensed in the carbazole dye described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-185072, and the like, has high light absorption. It is preferable from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.

另外,於肟化合物的特定部位具有不飽和鍵的日本專利特開2009-242469號公報中所記載的化合物亦可藉由使活性自由基自聚合惰性自由基中再生而達成高感度化,可適宜地使用。 In addition, the compound described in JP-A-2009-242469, which has an unsaturated bond at a specific site of the ruthenium compound, can be further improved by regenerating the living radical from the polymerization inert radical, and is suitable. Use.

特佳為可列舉日本專利特開2007-269779號公報中所示的具有特定取代基的肟化合物、或日本專利特開2009-191061號公報中所示的具有硫代芳基的肟化合物。 The ruthenium compound having a specific substituent as shown in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2007-269779, or the ruthenium compound having a thioaryl group as shown in JP-A-2009-191061.

具體而言,作為光聚合起始劑的肟化合物較佳為由下述通式(OX-1)所表示的化合物。再者,肟的N-O鍵可為(E)體的肟 化合物,亦可為(Z)體的肟化合物,亦可為(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。 Specifically, the ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1). Furthermore, the N-O bond of 肟 can be the E of the (E) body The compound may also be a bismuth compound of the (Z) body or a mixture of the (E) body and the (Z) body.

通式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價的取代基,A表示二價的有機基,Ar表示芳基。 In the formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group.

通式(OX-1)中,作為由R所表示的一價的取代基,較佳為一價的非金屬原子團。 In the general formula (OX-1), as the monovalent substituent represented by R, a monovalent non-metal atomic group is preferred.

作為所述一價的非金屬原子團,可列舉:烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環基、烷硫基羰基、芳硫基羰基等。 另外,該些基亦可具有1個以上的取代基。另外,所述取代基亦可由其他取代基進一步取代。 The monovalent non-metal atomic group may, for example, be an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorenyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group or an arylthiocarbonyl group. Further, these groups may have one or more substituents. Further, the substituent may be further substituted with other substituents.

作為取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基或芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基、芳基等。 The substituent may, for example, be a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxy group, a decyl group, an alkyl group or an aryl group.

以下表示通式(OX-1)的具體例,但本發明當然不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the general formula (OX-1) are shown below, but the present invention is of course not limited to these specific examples.

[化75] [化75]

肟化合物是於350nm~500nm的波長區域中具有最大吸收波長者,較佳為於360nm~480nm的波長區域中具有最大吸收波長者,特佳為365nm及405nm中的吸光度高的肟化合物。 The ruthenium compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 350 nm to 500 nm, preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably a ruthenium compound having a high absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm.

就感度的觀點而言,肟化合物於365nm或405nm中的莫耳吸光係數較佳為1,000~300,000,更佳為2,000~300,000,特 佳為5,000~200,000。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the cerium compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000. Good is 5,000~200,000.

化合物的莫耳吸光係數可使用公知的方法來測定,具體而言,例如較佳為藉由紫外可見分光光度計(瓦里安(Varian)公司製造的Carry-5分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),並利用乙酸乙酯溶劑,以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定。 The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method. Specifically, for example, an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Carry-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) is preferably used. The measurement was carried out at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using an ethyl acetate solvent.

當本發明的著色組成物中含有光聚合起始劑時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%以上、50質量%以下,更佳為0.5質量%以上、30質量%以下,進而更佳為1質量%以上、20質量%以下。於該範圍內,可獲得更良好的感度與圖案形成性。 When the photopolymerization initiator is contained in the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5% based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The mass% or more is 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less. Within this range, more excellent sensitivity and pattern formation can be obtained.

本發明的組成物可僅含有1種光聚合起始劑,亦可含有2種以上。當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, and may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<顏料> <pigment>

本發明的著色組成物可進而含有所述色素多聚體以外的著色劑。具體而言,較佳為含有顏料。 The colored composition of the present invention may further contain a coloring agent other than the dye multimer. Specifically, it is preferred to contain a pigment.

作為本發明中所使用的顏料,可使用先前公知的各種無機顏料或有機顏料,較佳為使用有機顏料。作為所述顏料,較佳為透過率高。 As the pigment used in the present invention, various conventional inorganic pigments or organic pigments can be used, and organic pigments are preferably used. As the pigment, it is preferred that the transmittance is high.

作為無機顏料,可列舉由金屬氧化物、金屬錯鹽等所表示的金屬化合物,具體而言,可列舉鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等的金屬氧化物,及所述金屬的複合氧化物。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include a metal compound represented by a metal oxide or a metal salt, and specific examples thereof include iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, lanthanum, and the like. a metal oxide, and a composite oxide of the metal.

作為有機顏料,例如可列舉如下顏料等: C.I.顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃31、C.I.顏料黃53、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃93、C.I.顏料黃99、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃147、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃155、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃185、C.I.顏料黃199;C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙38、C.I.顏料橙43、C.I.顏料橙71;C.I.顏料紅81、C.I.顏料紅105、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅150、C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅176、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅220、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅264、C.I.顏料紅270;C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫32、C.I.顏料紫39;C.I.顏料藍1、C.I.顏料藍2、C.I.顏料藍15、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍16、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍66;C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58;C.I.顏料棕25、C.I.顏料棕28;C.I.顏料黑1、C.I.顏料黑7。 Examples of the organic pigment include the following pigments and the like: CI Pigment Yellow 11, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 31, CI Pigment Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 99, CI Pigment Yellow 108, CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 147, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 155, CI Pigment Yellow 167, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Yellow 199; CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 38, CI Pigment Orange 43, CI Pigment Orange 71; CI Pigment Red 81, CI Pigment Red 105, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment Red 150, CI Pigment Red 155, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 209, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 224, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 254, CI pigment red 255, CI pigment red 264, CI pigment red 270; CI pigment violet 19, CI pigment violet 23, CI pigment violet 32, CI pigment violet 39; CI pigment blue 1, CI pigment blue 2, CI pigment blue 15, CI Pigment Blue 15:1, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Material Blue 16, CI Pigment Blue 22, CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 66; CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37, CI Pigment Green 58; CI Pigment Brown 25, CI Pigment Brown 28; CI Pigment black 1, CI pigment black 7.

作為可較佳地用於本發明中的顏料,可列舉以下的顏料。但是,本發明並不限定於該些顏料。 As the pigment which can be preferably used in the present invention, the following pigments can be mentioned. However, the present invention is not limited to these pigments.

C.I.顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏 料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃185;C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙71;C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅150、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅264;C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫32;C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍16、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍66;C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58;C.I.顏料黑1、C.I.顏料黑7。 C.I. Pigment Yellow 11, C.I. Pigment Yellow 24, C.I. Pigment Yellow 108, C.I. Yellow Y, 109 Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 167, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 185; CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 71; CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 150, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 209, CI Pigment Red 224, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment red 254, CI pigment red 255, CI pigment red 264; CI pigment violet 19, CI pigment violet 23, CI pigment violet 32; CI pigment blue 15:1, CI pigment blue 15:3, CI pigment blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16, CI Pigment Blue 22, CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 66; CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37, CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Black 1, CI Pigment Black 7.

該些有機顏料可單獨使用、或者為了分光的調整或提昇色純度而將各種有機顏料組合使用。以下表示所述組合的具體例。例如,作為紅色顏料,可單獨使用蒽醌系顏料、苝系顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料,或者可使用該些顏料的至少一種與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、異吲哚啉系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料或苝系黃色顏料的混合等。例如,作為蒽醌系顏料,可列舉C.I.顏料紅177,作為苝系顏料,可列舉C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅224,作為二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料,可列舉C.I.顏料紅254,就分色性的觀點而言,較佳為與C.I.顏料黃139的混合。另外,紅色顏料與黃色顏料的質量比較佳為100:5~100:50。若為100:4以下,則難 以抑制400nm~500nm的透光率,另外,若為100:51以上,則存在主波長偏向短波長,無法提昇分色能力的情況。尤其,作為所述質量比,最合適的是100:10~100:30的範圍。再者,於紅色顏料彼此的組合的情況下,可結合要求出的分光進行調整。 These organic pigments may be used alone or in combination for the purpose of adjusting the spectroscopic light or improving the color purity. Specific examples of the combination are shown below. For example, as the red pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment may be used alone, or at least one of these pigments may be used together with a disazo yellow pigment or an isoporphyrin yellow pigment. Mixture of a quinophthalone yellow pigment or an anthraquinone yellow pigment. For example, CI Pigment Red 177 is exemplified as the ruthenium pigment, and CI Pigment Red 155 and CI Pigment Red 224 are mentioned as the ruthenium pigment, and as the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, CI Pigment Red 254 is used. From the viewpoint of color properties, it is preferably mixed with CI Pigment Yellow 139. In addition, the quality of the red pigment and the yellow pigment is preferably 100:5 to 100:50. If it is 100:4 or less, it is difficult In order to suppress the light transmittance of 400 nm to 500 nm, if the wavelength is 100:51 or more, the dominant wavelength may be shifted to a short wavelength, and the color separation ability may not be improved. In particular, as the mass ratio, the most suitable range is 100:10 to 100:30. Further, in the case of a combination of red pigments, it is possible to adjust in accordance with the required spectroscopic light.

另外,作為綠色顏料,可單獨使用鹵化酞青系顏料,或者可使用其與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料、甲亞胺(azomethine)系黃色顏料或異吲哚啉系黃色顏料的混合。例如,作為此種例,較佳為C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37與C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃180或C.I.顏料黃185的混合。綠色顏料與黃色顏料的質量比較佳為100:5~100:150。作為所述質量比,特佳為100:30~100:120的範圍。 Further, as the green pigment, a halogenated indigo pigment may be used alone, or it may be used together with a disazo yellow pigment, a quinophthalone yellow pigment, an azomethine yellow pigment or an isoporphyrin yellow. Mixing of pigments. For example, as such an example, CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37 and CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 180 or Mixing of CI Pigment Yellow 185. The quality of green and yellow pigments is preferably 100:5~100:150. The mass ratio is particularly preferably in the range of 100:30 to 100:120.

作為藍色顏料,可單獨使用酞青系顏料、或者可使用其與二噁嗪系紫色顏料的混合。例如,較佳為C.I.顏料藍15:6與C.I.顏料紫23的混合。藍色顏料與紫色顏料的質量比較佳為100:0~100:100,更佳為100:10以下。 As the blue pigment, an indigo pigment may be used alone or in combination with a dioxazine-based violet pigment. For example, a mixture of C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is preferred. The quality of the blue pigment and the purple pigment is preferably from 100:0 to 100:100, more preferably 100:10 or less.

另外,作為黑色矩陣用的顏料,可單獨或混合使用碳、鈦黑、氧化鐵、氧化鈦,較佳為碳與鈦黑的組合。另外,碳與鈦黑的質量比較佳為100:0~100:60的範圍。 Further, as the pigment for the black matrix, carbon, titanium black, iron oxide, or titanium oxide may be used singly or in combination, and a combination of carbon and titanium black is preferred. In addition, the quality of carbon and titanium black is preferably in the range of 100:0 to 100:60.

本發明的著色組成物較佳為調配黑色以外的顏料,適合於藍色的顏料。 The coloring composition of the present invention is preferably a pigment other than black, and is suitable for a blue pigment.

關於顏料的一次粒徑,於用作彩色濾光片用途的情況 下,就顏色不均或對比度的觀點而言,較佳為100nm以下,另外,就分散穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為5nm以上。顏料的一次粒徑更佳為5nm~75nm,進而更佳為5nm~55nm,特佳為5nm~35nm。 Regarding the primary particle diameter of the pigment, it is used as a color filter. In view of color unevenness or contrast, it is preferably 100 nm or less, and from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, it is preferably 5 nm or more. The primary particle diameter of the pigment is more preferably 5 nm to 75 nm, further preferably 5 nm to 55 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 35 nm.

顏料的一次粒徑可藉由電子顯微鏡等公知的方法來測定。 The primary particle diameter of the pigment can be measured by a known method such as an electron microscope.

其中,作為顏料,較佳為選自蒽醌顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料、酞青顏料、喹酞酮顏料、異吲哚啉顏料、甲亞胺顏料、及二噁嗪顏料中的顏料。尤其,特佳為C.I.顏料紅177(蒽醌顏料),C.I.顏料紅254(二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料),C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠58,C.I.顏料藍15:6(酞青顏料),C.I.顏料黃138(喹酞酮顏料),C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃185(異吲哚啉顏料),C.I.顏料黃150(甲亞胺顏料),C.I.顏料紫23(二噁嗪顏料)。 Among them, as the pigment, a pigment selected from the group consisting of an anthraquinone pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, an indigo pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, an isoporphyrin pigment, a methylimine pigment, and a dioxazine pigment is preferred. In particular, it is especially preferred for CI Pigment Red 177 (anthraquinone pigment), CI Pigment Red 254 (diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment), CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Blue 15:6 ( Indigo pigment), CI Pigment Yellow 138 (quinacridone pigment), CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 185 (isoporphyrin pigment), CI Pigment Yellow 150 (methylimine pigment), CI Pigment Violet 23 (two Oxazine pigment).

相對於著色組成物中所含有的除溶劑以外的所有成分,顏料的含量較佳為10質量%~70質量%,更佳為20質量%~60質量%,進而更佳為25質量%~50質量%。 The content of the pigment is preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably from 20% by mass to 60% by mass, even more preferably from 25% by mass to 50%, based on all the components other than the solvent contained in the coloring composition. quality%.

本發明的組成物可僅含有1種顏料,亦可含有2種以上。當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of pigment, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

另外,於本發明中,亦可含有所述色素多聚體以外的染料或所述以外的顏料。例如可使用:日本專利特開昭64-90403號公報、日本專利特開昭64-91102號公報、日本專利特開平1-94301號公報、日本專利特開平6-11614號公報、日本專利特登2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、日本專利特開平5-333207號公報、 日本專利特開平6-35183號公報、日本專利特開平6-51115號公報、日本專利特開平6-194828號公報等中所揭示的色素。作為化學結構,可使用:吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺系等的染料。 Further, in the present invention, a dye other than the dye multimer or a pigment other than the above may be contained. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO-64-90403, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2, 592, 207, U.S. Patent No. 4,808,501, U.S. Patent No. 5,567,920, U.S. Patent No. 5,505,950, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 5-333207, A dye disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 6-35183, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei. As the chemical structure, a pyrazole azo type, an anilino azo type, a triphenylmethane type, an anthraquinone type, a benzylidene type, an oxaphthalocyanine type, a pyrazolotriazole azo type, and a pyridone can be used. A dye such as an azo system, a cyanine system, a phenothiazine system, or a pyrrolopyrazine-imine system.

<顏料分散劑> <Pigment Dispersant>

當本發明的著色組成物具有顏料時,視需要可併用顏料分散劑。 When the coloring composition of the present invention has a pigment, a pigment dispersing agent may be used in combination as needed.

作為可用於本發明的顏料分散劑,可列舉:高分子分散劑[例如聚醯胺胺(polyamide amine)與其鹽、多羧酸與其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物],及聚氧乙烯烷基磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯烷基胺、烷醇胺等界面活性劑,以及顏料衍生物等。 Examples of the pigment dispersant which can be used in the present invention include polymer dispersants [for example, polyamide amine and salts thereof, polycarboxylic acids and salts thereof, high molecular weight unsaturated acid esters, modified polyaminocarboxylic acids. Ester, modified polyester, modified poly(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate], and polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkylamine , surfactants such as alkanolamines, and pigment derivatives.

高分子分散劑根據其結構而可進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。 The polymer dispersant can be further classified into a linear polymer, a terminal modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer according to the structure.

作為具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的末端改質型高分子,例如可列舉:日本專利特開平3-112992號公報、日本專利特表2003-533455號公報等中所記載的於末端具有磷酸基的高分子,日本專利特開2002-273191號公報等中所記載的於末端具有磺酸基的高分子,日本專利特開平9-77994號公報等中所記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環的高分子等。另外,日本專利特 開2007-277514號公報中所記載的於高分子末端導入有2個以上針對顏料表面的固定部位(酸基、鹼性基、有機色素的部分骨架或雜環等)的高分子的分散穩定性亦優異,而較佳。 For example, the terminal-modified polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment has a phosphate group at the terminal as described in JP-A-3-112992, JP-A-2003-533455, and the like. A polymer having a sulfonic acid group at the terminal, as described in JP-A-2002-273191, and a partial skeleton or a heterocyclic ring having an organic dye described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-77994. Polymers, etc. In addition, the Japanese patent Dispersion stability of a polymer having two or more fixed sites (acid groups, basic groups, partial skeletons of organic dyes, heterocyclic rings, etc.) on the surface of the pigment introduced into the polymer terminal, as described in JP-A-2007-277514 Also excellent, and better.

作為具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子,例如可列舉聚酯系分散劑等,具體而言,可列舉:日本專利特開昭54-37082號公報、日本專利特表平8-507960號公報、日本專利特開2009-258668號公報等中所記載的聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)與聚酯的反應產物,日本專利特開平9-169821號公報等中所記載的聚烯丙基胺與聚酯的反應產物,日本專利特開平10-339949號公報、日本專利特開2004-37986號公報、國際公開手冊WO2010/110491等中所記載的大分子單體與氮原子單體的共聚物,日本專利特開2003-238837號公報、日本專利特開2008-9426號公報、日本專利特開2008-81732號公報等中所記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環的接枝型高分子,日本專利特開2010-106268號公報等中所記載的大分子單體與含有酸基的單體的共聚物等。尤其,就顏料分散劑的分散性、分散穩定性、及使用顏料分散劑的著色組成物所顯示的顯影性的觀點而言,特佳為日本專利特開2009-203462號公報中所記載的具有鹼性基與酸性基的兩性分散樹脂。 Examples of the graft-type polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment include a polyester-based dispersant, and the like. Specific examples thereof include Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 54-37082, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 8- The reaction product of the poly(lower alkylene imine) and the polyester described in JP-A-2009-258668, and the like, and the polyene described in JP-A-9-169821, and the like. The reaction product of a propylamine and a polyester, a macromonomer and a nitrogen atom monomer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-339949, No. 2004-37986, and International Publication No. WO2010/110491, etc. Grafting of a partial skeleton or a heterocyclic ring having an organic dye described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. A copolymer of a macromonomer and an acid group-containing monomer described in JP-A-2010-106268, and the like. In particular, in view of the dispersibility of the pigment dispersant, the dispersion stability, and the developability exhibited by the coloring composition using the pigment dispersant, it is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-203462. An amphoteric dispersion resin of a basic group and an acidic group.

作為藉由自由基聚合來製造具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子時所使用的大分子單體,可使用公知的大分子單體,可列舉:東亞合成(股份)製造的大分子單體AA-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、AS-6(末端基為甲基 丙烯醯基的聚苯乙烯)、AN-6S(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的苯乙烯與丙烯腈的共聚物)、AB-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚丙烯酸丁酯),大賽璐化學工業(股份)製造的普拉賽爾(Placcel)FM5(甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯5莫耳當量加成物)、FA10L(丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯10莫耳當量加成物),以及日本專利特開平2-272009號公報中所記載的聚酯系大分子單體等。該些之中,尤其就顏料分散劑的分散性、分散穩定性、及使用顏料分散劑的著色組成物所顯示的顯影性的觀點而言,特佳為柔軟性且親溶劑性優異的聚酯系大分子單體,進而,特佳為由日本專利特開平2-272009號公報中記載的聚酯系大分子單體所表示的聚酯系大分子單體。 As a macromonomer to be used for the production of a graft polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment by radical polymerization, a known macromonomer can be used, and a large amount of East Asian synthesis (share) can be used. Molecular monomer AA-6 (polymethyl methacrylate with terminal group of methacryl oxime), AS-6 (end group is methyl) Acrylic fluorenyl polystyrene), AN-6S (copolymer of styrene and acrylonitrile having a terminal group of methacryl fluorenyl group), AB-6 (polybutyl acrylate having a terminal group of methacryl fluorenyl group) , Placcel FM5 (ε-caprolactone 5 molar equivalent adduct of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., FA10L (2-hydroxyethyl acrylate) The ε-caprolactone 10 molar equivalent adduct), and the polyester macromonomer described in JP-A No. 2-272009. Among these, a polyester which is excellent in flexibility and solvophilic property is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the pigment dispersant, dispersion stability, and developability exhibited by the coloring composition using the pigment dispersant. The macromonomer is a polyester macromonomer represented by the polyester macromonomer described in JP-A No. 2-272009.

作為具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的嵌段型高分子,較佳為日本專利特開2003-49110號公報、日本專利特開2009-52010號公報等中記載的嵌段型高分子。 The block type polymer described in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-49110, and the like.

可用於本發明的顏料分散劑亦可作為市售品而獲得,作為此種具體例,可列舉:楠木化成股份有限公司製造的「DA-7301」,畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造的「迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-101(聚醯胺胺磷酸鹽)、Disperbyk-107(羧酸酯)、Disperbyk-110、Disperbyk-111(含有酸基的共聚物)、Disperbyk-130(聚醯胺)、Disperbyk-161、Disperbyk-162、Disperbyk-163、Disperbyk-164、Disperbyk-165、Disperbyk-166、Disperbyk-170(高分子共聚物)」、「BYK-P104、BYK-P105(高分子量不飽和多羧 酸)」,埃夫卡(EFKA)公司製造的「EFKA4047、EFKA4050~EFKA4010~EFKA4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、EFKA4330~EFKA4340(嵌段共聚物)、EFKA4400~EFKA4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、EFKA5010(聚酯醯胺)、EFKA5765(高分子量多羧酸鹽)、EFKA6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、EFKA6745(酞青衍生物)、EFKA6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)」,味之素精細化學(Ajinomoto Fine-Techno)公司製造的「阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB821、Ajisper PB822、Ajisper PB880、Ajisper PB881」,共榮社化學公司製造的「弗洛蘭(Florene)TG-710(胺基甲酸酯寡聚物)」、「珀利弗洛(Polyflow)No.50E、Polyflow No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)」,楠本化成公司製造的「迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)KS-860、Disparlon 873SN、Disparlon 874、Disparlon #2150(脂肪族多元羧酸)、Disparlon #7004(聚醚酯)、Disparlon DA-703-50、Disparlon DA-705、Disparlon DA-725」,花王公司製造的「德莫耳(Demol)RN、Demol N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、Demol MS、Demol C、Demol SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)」,「火莫格諾(Homogenol)L-18(高分子多羧酸)」,「艾馬吉(Emalgen)920、Emalgen930、Emalgen935、Emalgen985(聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚)」,「阿塞他命(Acetamin)86(硬脂基胺乙酸酯)」,日本路博潤(Lubrizol)(股份)製造的「索努帕斯(Solsperse)5000(酞青衍生物)、Solsperse22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、Solsperse13240(聚酯胺)、Solsperse3000、Solsperse17000、Solsperse27000(末端部具有功能部的高分子)、Solsperse24000、 Solsperse28000、Solsperse32000、Solsperse38500(接枝型高分子)」,日光化學(Nikko Chemicals)公司製造的「尼克爾(Nikol)T106(聚氧乙烯脫水山梨糖醇單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯單硬脂酸酯)」,川研精化(Kawaken Fine Chemicals)(股份)製造的海諾埃克特(Hinoact)T-8000E等,信越化學工業(股份)製造的有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341,裕商(股份)製造的「W001:陽離子系界面活性劑」、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑、「W004、W005、W017」等陰離子系界面活性劑,森下產業(股份)製造的「EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、EFKA Polymer100、EFKA Polymer400、EFKA Polymer401、EFKA Polymer450」,聖諾普科(Sannopco)(股份)製造的「迪斯帕斯艾德(Disperse Aid)6、Disperse Aid8、Disperse Aid15、Disperse Aid9100」等高分子分散劑,艾迪科(ADEKA)(股份)製造的「艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L31、Adeka Pluronic F38、Adeka Pluronic L42、Adeka Pluronic L44、Adeka Pluronic L61、Adeka Pluronic L64、Adeka Pluronic F68、Adeka Pluronic L72、Adeka Pluronic P95、Adeka Pluronic F77、Adeka Pluronic P84、Adeka Pluronic F87、Adeka Pluronic P94、Adeka Pluronic L101、Adeka Pluronic P103、Adeka Pluronic F108、Adeka Pluronic L121、Adeka Pluronic P-123」,以及三洋化成(股份)製 造的「伊奧奈特(Ionet)(商品名)S-20」等。 The pigment dispersing agent which can be used in the present invention can also be obtained as a commercial product. Examples of such a specific example include "DA-7301" manufactured by Phoebe Chemical Co., Ltd., and "BYK Chemie". Disperbyk-101 (polyamidoamine phosphate), Disperbyk-107 (carboxylate), Disperbyk-110, Disperbyk-111 (copolymer containing acid group), Disperbyk-130 (polypyridinium) Amine), Disperbyk-161, Disperbyk-162, Disperbyk-163, Disperbyk-164, Disperbyk-165, Disperbyk-166, Disperbyk-170 (polymer copolymer), "BYK-P104, BYK-P105 (high molecular weight not Saturated polycarboxylate Acid)" EFKA4047, EFKA4050~EFKA4010~EFKA4165 (polyurethane type), EFKA4330~EFKA4340 (block copolymer), EFKA4400~EFKA4402 (modified polyacrylate) manufactured by EFKA ), EFKA5010 (polyester decylamine), EFKA5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), EFKA6220 (fatty acid polyester), EFKA6745 (anthraquinone derivative), EFKA6750 (azo pigment derivative), Ajinomoto fine chemistry "Ajisper PB821, Ajisper PB822, Ajisper PB880, Ajisper PB881" manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd., "Florene TG-710 (Amino A) manufactured by Kyoritsu Chemical Co., Ltd. "Acetrate oligomers", "Polyflow No. 50E, Polyflow No. 300 (acrylic copolymer)", "Disparlon" KS-860, Disparlon, manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd. 873SN, Disparlon 874, Disparlon #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), Disparlon #7004 (polyether ester), Disparlon DA-703-50, Disparlon DA-705, Disparlon DA-725", De Mo, manufactured by Kao Corporation Demol RN, Demol N (formalin polycondensate), Demol MS, Demol C, Demol SN-B "Fomalin Sulfate Polycondensate)", "Homogenol L-18 (Polymer Polycarboxylic Acid)", "Emalgen 920, Emalgen 930, Emalgen 935, Emalgen 985 (Polyoxyethylene sulfhydryl) "Phenyl ether", "Acetamin 86 (stearylamine acetate)", "Solsperse 5000" manufactured by Lubrizol (shares), Japan Derivatives), Solsperse 22000 (azo pigment derivative), Solsperse 13240 (polyester amine), Solsperse 3000, Solsperse 17000, Solsperse 27000 (polymer with functional part at the end), Solsperse 24000, Solsperse 28000, Solsperse 32000, Solsperse 38500 (grafted polymer), Nikol T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate) manufactured by Nikko Chemicals, MYS-IEX (polyoxygen) "Ethylene monostearate"", Hinoact T-8000E manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd., etc., organic oxirane polymer manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. KP341, "W001: Cationic surfactant" manufactured by Yushang Co., Ltd., polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, Non-ionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid ester, "W004, W005, W017" "Anion-based surfactant", "EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA Polymer100, EFKA Polymer400, EFKA Polymer401, EFKA Polymer450" manufactured by Morishita Industry Co., Ltd., Sannopco (shares) Made by Disperse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8. Polymer dispersant such as Disperse Aid15 and Disperse Aid9100, Adeka Pluronic L31, Adeka Pluronic F38, Adeka Pluronic L42, Adeka Pluronic L44, Adeka manufactured by ADEKA Pluronic L61, Adeka Pluronic L64, Adeka Pluronic F68, Adeka Pluronic L72, Adeka Pluronic P95, Adeka Pluronic F77, Adeka Pluronic P84, Adeka Pluronic F87, Adeka Pluronic P94, Adeka Pluronic L101, Adeka Pluronic P103, Adeka Pluronic F108, Adeka Pluronic L121 , Adeka Pluronic P-123", and Sanyo Chemical (share) system "Ionet (trade name) S-20" made by the company.

該些顏料分散劑可單獨使用,亦可將2種以上組合使用。於本發明中,特佳為將顏料衍生物與高分子分散劑組合使用。 另外,顏料分散劑亦可將所述具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子與鹼可溶性樹脂併用來使用。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物等、以及側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物,特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物。另外,日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中所記載的N位取代順丁烯二醯亞胺單體共聚物、日本專利特開2004-300204號公報中所記載的醚二聚體共聚物、日本專利特開平7-319161號公報中所記載的含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂亦較佳。具體而言,可例示鹼可溶性樹脂:甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物。 These pigment dispersants may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use a pigment derivative in combination with a polymer dispersant. Further, the pigment dispersant may be used by using the terminal modified polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment, a graft polymer, a block polymer, and an alkali-soluble resin. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include a (meth)acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, and the like, and a side chain. An acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid, particularly preferably a (meth)acrylic copolymer. In addition, the N-substituted maleimide monomer copolymer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 10-300922, and the ether dimer copolymer described in JP-A-2004-300204, The alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 7-319161 is also preferable. Specifically, an alkali-soluble resin: benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/-2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer can be exemplified.

於著色組成物中,當含有顏料分散劑時,作為顏料分散劑的總含量,相對於顏料100質量份,較佳為1質量份~80質量份,更佳為5質量份~70質量份,進而更佳為10質量份~60質量份。著色組成物中所含有的分散劑成分之中,特定分散樹脂較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為60質量%以上,進而更佳為70質量%以上。 In the coloring composition, when the pigment dispersant is contained, the total content of the pigment dispersant is preferably from 1 part by mass to 80 parts by mass, more preferably from 5 parts by mass to 70 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the pigment. More preferably, it is 10 mass parts - 60 mass parts. Among the dispersant components contained in the coloring composition, the specific dispersion resin is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and still more preferably 70% by mass or more.

本發明的組成物分別可僅含有1種顏料分散劑,亦可含有2種以上。當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of pigment dispersant, and may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

具體而言,若為使用高分子分散劑的情況,則其使用量相對於顏料100質量份,以質量換算計較佳為5質量份~100質量份的範圍,更佳為10質量份~80質量份的範圍。 Specifically, when the polymer dispersant is used, the amount thereof is preferably in the range of 5 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 10 parts by mass to 80 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The scope of the share.

另外,當併用顏料衍生物時,作為顏料衍生物的使用量,相對於顏料100質量份,以質量換算計較佳為處於1質量份~30質量份的範圍內,更佳為處於3質量份~20質量份的範圍內,特佳為處於5質量份~15質量份的範圍內。 In addition, when the pigment derivative is used in combination, the amount of the pigment derivative used is preferably in the range of 1 part by mass to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. In the range of 20 parts by mass, it is particularly preferably in the range of 5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass.

於著色組成物中,就硬化感度、色濃度的觀點而言,相對於構成著色組成物的總固體成分,著色劑及分散劑成分的含量的總和較佳為50質量%以上、90質量%以下,更佳為55質量%以上、85質量%以下,進而更佳為60質量%以上、80質量%以下。 In the coloring composition, the total content of the coloring agent and the dispersing agent component is preferably 50% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the coloring composition in terms of the curing sensitivity and the color density. More preferably, it is 55 mass % or more, 85 mass % or less, More preferably, it is 60 mass % or more, and 80 mass % or less.

<(F)鹼可溶性樹脂> <(F) alkali soluble resin>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為進而含有鹼可溶性樹脂。 The colored composition of the present invention preferably further contains an alkali-soluble resin.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂的分子量,並無特別規定,但較佳為Mw為5000~100,000。另外,較佳為Mn為1000~20,000。 The molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but Mw is preferably from 5,000 to 100,000. Further, it is preferred that Mn is from 1,000 to 20,000.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可自分子(較佳為將丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物作為主鏈的分子)中具有至少1個促進鹼可溶性的基、且為線狀有機高分子聚合物的鹼可溶性樹脂中適宜選擇。就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂,就控制顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 The alkali-soluble resin may have at least one base which promotes alkali solubility and is a linear organic high molecular polymer from a molecule (preferably a molecule in which an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer is used as a main chain). It is suitably selected among alkali-soluble resins. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferable, and the viewpoint of controlling developability is preferable. In particular, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferable.

作為促進鹼可溶性的基(以下,亦稱為酸基),例如可列舉羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,較佳為可溶於有機溶劑且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液進行顯影的基,作為特佳者,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸。該些酸基可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 Examples of the base which promotes alkali solubility (hereinafter, also referred to as an acid group) include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and are preferably soluble in an organic solvent and can be carried out by a weakly basic aqueous solution. As the base to be developed, (meth)acrylic acid is mentioned as a particularly preferable one. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為於所述聚合後可賦予酸基的單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等具有羥基的單體、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環氧基的單體、(甲基)丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯等具有異氰酸酯基的單體等。該些用以導入酸基的單量體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。於向鹼可溶性樹脂中導入酸基時,例如只要將具有酸基的單體及/或於聚合後可賦予酸基的單體(以下,有時亦稱為「用以導入酸基的單量體」)作為單量體成分進行聚合即可。 Examples of the monomer capable of imparting an acid group after the polymerization include a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate. A monomer having an isocyanate group such as a body or 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate. These single-quantity bodies for introducing an acid group may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When an acid group is introduced into an alkali-soluble resin, for example, a monomer having an acid group and/or a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "a single amount for introducing an acid group" may be used. The body ") can be polymerized as a single component.

再者,當將於聚合後可賦予酸基的單體作為單量體成分來導入酸基時,於聚合後需要例如後述般的用以賦予酸基的處理。 In addition, when an acid group can be introduced as a monomer component after polymerization, a treatment for imparting an acid group as described later is required after the polymerization.

於製造鹼可溶性樹脂時,例如可應用利用公知的自由基聚合法的方法。利用自由基聚合法製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、溶劑的種類等聚合條件可由本領域從業人員容易地設定,亦可實驗性地規定條件。 In the case of producing an alkali-soluble resin, for example, a method using a known radical polymerization method can be applied. The polymerization conditions such as the temperature, the pressure, the type and amount of the radical initiator, and the type of the solvent when the alkali-soluble resin is produced by the radical polymerization method can be easily set by a person skilled in the art, and experimental conditions can be specified.

作為可用作鹼可溶性樹脂的線狀有機高分子聚合物,較佳為於側鏈上具有羧酸的聚合物,可列舉甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物、酚醛清漆型樹脂等鹼可溶性酚樹脂等、以及於側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物、於具有羥基的 聚合物中加成酸酐而成者。尤其,(甲基)丙烯酸與可與其進行共聚的其他單量體的共聚物適合作為鹼可溶性樹脂。作為可與(甲基)丙烯酸進行共聚的其他單量體,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯基化合物等。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等,作為乙烯基化合物,可列舉苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯吡咯啶酮、甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯、聚苯乙烯大分子單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯大分子單體等,作為日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中所記載的N位取代順丁烯二醯亞胺單體,可列舉N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。再者,該些可與(甲基)丙烯酸進行共聚的其他單量體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The linear organic high molecular polymer which can be used as the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having a carboxylic acid in a side chain, and examples thereof include a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, and crotonic acid. An alkali-soluble phenol resin such as a copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer or a novolak-type resin, and an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid in a side chain, Hydroxyl The addition of an acid anhydride to a polymer. In particular, a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid and other monomeric materials copolymerizable therewith is suitable as the alkali-soluble resin. Examples of the other monomer to be copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid include an alkyl (meth)acrylate, an aryl (meth)acrylate, and a vinyl compound. Examples of the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester and the (meth)acrylic acid aryl ester include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. Butyl ester, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate Examples of esters, toluene (meth)acrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and the like, and examples of the vinyl compound include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, and A. Glycidyl acrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, etc., as Japan The N-substituted maleimide monomer described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 10-300922, the N-phenyl maleimide, N-cyclohexyl maleimide Wait. Further, these other monomeric substances which can be copolymerized with (meth)acrylic acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,含有使如下的單量體成分進行聚合而成的聚合物(a)亦較佳,所述單量體成分將由下述通式(ED)所表示的化合物及/或由下述通式(ED2)所表示的化合物(以下,有時亦將該些化合物稱為「醚二聚體」)作為必需成分。 It is also preferred that the alkali-soluble resin contains a polymer (a) obtained by polymerizing a monomer component as described below, and the monomer component is a compound represented by the following formula (ED) and/or The compound represented by the above formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may also be referred to as "ether dimer") is an essential component.

[化76] [化76]

通式(ED)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代基的碳數為1~25的烴基。 In the general formula (ED), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

通式(ED2) General formula (ED2)

通式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數為1~30的有機基。作為通式(ED2)的具體例,可參考日本專利特開2010-168539號公報的記載。 In the formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the general formula (ED2), the description of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-168539 can be referred to.

藉此,本發明的著色組成物可形成耐熱性極其優異、且透明性亦極其優異的硬化塗膜。表示所述醚二聚體的所述通式(ED)中,作為由R1及R2所表示的可具有取代基的碳數為1~25的烴基,並無特別限制,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、硬脂基、月桂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈狀或分支狀的烷基;苯基等芳基;環己基、第三丁基環己基、二環戊二烯基、三環癸烷基、異冰片基、金剛 烷基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基等脂環式基;1-甲氧基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基等經烷氧基取代的烷基;苄基等經芳基取代的烷基等。該些之中,就耐熱性的觀點而言,特佳為如甲基、乙基、環己基、苄基等般的不易因酸或熱而脫離的一級碳或二級碳的取代基。 Thereby, the colored composition of the present invention can form a cured coating film which is extremely excellent in heat resistance and extremely excellent in transparency. In the above-mentioned general formula (ED) of the ether dimer, the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include, for example, Linear or branched such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tert-pentyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl Alkyl group such as phenyl; cyclohexyl, tert-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecyl, isobornyl, adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-gold An alicyclic group such as an alkyl group; an alkyl group substituted by an alkoxy group such as a 1-methoxyethyl group or a 1-ethoxyethyl group; an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as a benzyl group; and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, a substituent of a primary carbon or a secondary carbon which is not easily removed by acid or heat such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a benzyl group is particularly preferable.

作為所述醚二聚體的具體例,例如可列舉:二甲基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三戊基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(硬脂基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(月桂基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-乙基己基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-甲氧基乙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-乙氧基乙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苯基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三丁基環己基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(二環戊二烯基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(三環癸烷基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異冰片基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二金剛烷基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-甲基-2-金剛烷基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞 甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯等。該些之中,特佳為二甲基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯。該些醚二聚體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。源自由所述通式(ED)所表示的化合物的結構體亦可與其他單量體進行共聚。 Specific examples of the ether dimer include dimethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate and diethyl-2,2'-. [oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-propyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(isopropyl) -2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-butyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2 - acrylate, di(isobutyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(t-butyl)-2,2'-[oxo double (methylene)] bis-2-acrylate, bis(third amyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(stearyl)- 2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(lauryl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, Bis(2-ethylhexyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-methoxyethyl)-2,2'-[oxo Bis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-ethoxyethyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl -2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diphenyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-propene Acid ester, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(t-butylcyclohexyl)-2,2'-[oxo double (Asia Methyl)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(dicyclopentadienyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(tricyclodecyl) -2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(isobornyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2- Acrylate, diamantyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(2-methyl-2-adamantyl)-2,2'-[ Oxygenated double Methyl)] bis-2-acrylate. Among them, dimethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxo-double (sub- Base]] bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl-2,2'-[oxo double ( Methylene)] bis-2-acrylate. These ether dimers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The structure from which the compound represented by the above formula (ED) is derived may also be copolymerized with other monomer.

另外,鹼可溶性樹脂亦可含有源自由下述式(X)所表示的乙烯性不飽和單量體的結構單元。 Further, the alkali-soluble resin may contain a structural unit derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the following formula (X).

通式(X) General formula (X)

(式(X)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,R2表示碳數為2~10的伸烷基,R3表示氫原子或可含有苯環的碳數為1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數) (In the formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a benzene ring. n represents an integer from 1 to 15)

所述式(X)中,R2的伸烷基的碳數較佳為2~3。另外,R3的烷基的碳數為1~20,較佳為1~10,R3的烷基可含有苯環。 作為由R3所表示的含有苯環的烷基,可列舉苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。 In the formula (X), the alkyl group of R 2 preferably has 2 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group of R 3 has a carbon number of 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. Examples of the benzene ring-containing alkyl group represented by R 3 include a benzyl group and a 2-phenyl (iso)propyl group.

另外,為了提昇本發明中的著色組成物的交聯效率,較佳為使用具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂。若使用此種鹼可溶性樹脂,則存在耐溶劑性進一步提昇的傾向。進而,存在耐光性或耐 熱性亦進一步提昇的傾向。作為具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂,於側鏈上含有烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、烯丙氧基烷基等的鹼可溶性樹脂等有用。作為所述含有聚合性基的聚合物的例子,可列舉:蒂阿諾(Dianal)NR系列(三菱麗陽股份有限公司製造)、佛陀瑪(Photomer)6173(含有COOH的丙烯酸聚胺基甲酸酯寡聚物(polyurethane acrylic oligomer),鑽石三葉草有限公司(Diamond Shamrock Co.Ltd.,)製造)、比斯克特(Viscoat)R-264、KS Resist106(均為大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司製造)、賽克羅馬(Cyclomer)P系列、普拉賽爾(Placcel)CF200系列(均為大賽璐化學工業股份有限公司製造)、艾巴克力(Ebecryl)3800(大賽璐-UCB(Daicel-UCB)股份有限公司製造)等。作為該些含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂,較佳為如下的樹脂:經胺基甲酸酯改質的含有聚合性雙鍵的丙烯酸樹脂,其藉由事先使異氰酸酯基與OH基進行反應、殘留1個未反應的異氰酸酯基、且含有(甲基)丙烯醯基的化合物與含有羧基的丙烯酸樹脂的反應而獲得;藉由含有羧基的丙烯酸樹脂與分子內同時具有環氧基及聚合性雙鍵的化合物的反應所獲得的含有不飽和基的丙烯酸樹脂;酸側基型環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂;使含有OH基的丙烯酸樹脂與具有聚合性雙鍵的二元酸酐進行反應而成的含有聚合性雙鍵的丙烯酸樹脂;使含有OH基的丙烯酸樹脂與異氰酸酯及具有聚合性基的化合物進行反應而成的樹脂;藉由對日本專利特開2002-229207號公報、及日本專利特開2003-335814號公報中所記載的於側鏈上具有酯基的樹脂 進行鹼性處理而獲得的樹脂等,所述酯基於α位或β位上具有鹵素原子或磺酸酯基等脫離基。 Moreover, in order to improve the crosslinking efficiency of the coloring composition in the present invention, it is preferred to use an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group. When such an alkali-soluble resin is used, solvent resistance tends to be further improved. Further, there is light resistance or resistance The tendency for heat to be further improved. The alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group is useful as an alkali-soluble resin such as an allyl group, a (meth)acrylic group or an allyloxyalkyl group in the side chain. Examples of the polymerizable group-containing polymer include Dianan NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.) and Photomer 6173 (acrylic acid polyaminocarboxylic acid containing COOH). Polyurethane acrylic oligomer, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd., Viscoat R-264, KS Resist 106 (both manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) , Cyclomer P series, Placcel CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Ebecryl 3800 (Daicel-UCB) Ltd. manufactured) and so on. The alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group is preferably a resin containing a polymerizable double bond modified by a urethane, and reacting an isocyanate group with an OH group in advance. Obtaining an unreacted isocyanate group and a compound containing a (meth)acryloyl group and reacting with a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin; and having an epoxy group and a polymerizable double in the molecule by an acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group; An unsaturated group-containing acrylic resin obtained by the reaction of a bond compound; an acid side group type epoxy acrylate resin; and a polymerization reaction obtained by reacting an OH group-containing acrylic resin with a dibasic acid anhydride having a polymerizable double bond An acrylic resin having a double bond; a resin obtained by reacting an OH group-containing acrylic resin with an isocyanate and a compound having a polymerizable group; and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-229207, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003- A resin having an ester group in a side chain as described in Japanese Patent No. 335814 A resin or the like obtained by alkaline treatment, wherein the ester has a leaving group such as a halogen atom or a sulfonate group at the α-position or the β-position.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,特別適宜的是包含(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物或(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/其他單體的多元共聚物。除此以外,可列舉使甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯進行共聚而成的(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物、日本專利特開平7-140654號公報中所記載的(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等,特佳為可列舉甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸的共聚物等。 As the alkali-soluble resin, a polyvalent copolymer containing a benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic copolymer or a benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomer is particularly preferable. Other than this, benzyl (meth)acrylate / (meth)acrylic acid / (meth)acrylic acid 2-hydroxyethyl ester copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, Japanese patent 2-Hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-benzene acrylate described in JP-A-7-140654 Oxypropyl propyl ester / polymethyl methacrylate macromer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, etc., particularly preferably benzyl methacrylate / methyl Acrylic copolymer and the like.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可參考日本專利特開2012-208494號公報段落0558~段落0571(相對應的美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0685]~[0700])以後的記載,該些的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As the alkali-soluble resin, the descriptions of the following paragraphs 0558 to 5571 of the corresponding Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012/0235099 The content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

進而,較佳為使用日本專利特開2012-32767號公報中所記載的段落號0029~段落號0063中記載的共聚物(B)及實施例中所使用的鹼可溶性樹脂、日本專利特開2012-208474號公報的段落號0088~段落號0098中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的 黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-137531號公報的段落號0022~段落號0032中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2013-024934號公報的段落號0132~段落號0143中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2011-242752號公報的段落號0092~段落號0098及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-032770號公報的段落號0030~段落號0072中記載的黏合劑樹脂。該些的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。更具體而言,較佳為下述的樹脂。 Further, the copolymer (B) described in Paragraph No. 0029 to Paragraph 0063 described in JP-A-2012-32767, and the alkali-soluble resin used in the examples, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012 are preferably used. Adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0088 to Paragraph No. 0098 of No. 208474 and used in the examples The binder resin described in paragraphs 0022 to 0032 of JP-A-2012-137531, and the binder resin used in the examples, and the paragraph number of JP-A-2013-024934 The adhesive resin described in paragraphs 0143 to 0143 and the adhesive resin used in the examples, the adhesive resin used in the paragraphs 0092 to 0098 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2011-242752, and the examples, The adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0030 to Paragraph No. 0072 of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2012-032770. Such content can be incorporated into the specification of the present application. More specifically, the following resins are preferred.

[化79] [化79]

作為鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值,較佳為30mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/g,更佳為50mgKOH/g~150mgKOH/g,特佳為70mgKOH/g~120mgKOH/g。 The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 30 mgKOH/g to 200 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 50 mgKOH/g to 150 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably from 70 mgKOH/g to 120 mgKOH/g.

另外,作為鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw),較佳為2,000~50,000,更佳為5,000~30,000,特佳為7,000~20,000。 Further, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000, particularly preferably 7,000 to 20,000.

當於著色組成物中含有鹼可溶性樹脂時,作為鹼可溶性樹脂的含量,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,較佳為1質量%~15質量%,更佳為2質量%~12質量%,特佳為3質量%~10質量%。 When the alkali-soluble resin is contained in the coloring composition, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, and more preferably 2% by mass to 12% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. , particularly preferably from 3 mass% to 10 mass%.

本發明的組成物可僅含有1種鹼可溶性樹脂,亦可含有2種以上。當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of alkali-soluble resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<其他成分> <Other ingredients>

除所述各成分以外,本發明的著色組成物亦可於無損本發明的效果的範圍內,進而含有有機溶劑、交聯劑、聚合抑制劑、界面活性劑、有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐等其他成分。 In addition to the above components, the colored composition of the present invention may contain an organic solvent, a crosslinking agent, a polymerization inhibitor, a surfactant, an organic carboxylic acid, an organic carboxylic anhydride, etc., within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention. Other ingredients.

<<有機溶劑>> <<Organic solvent>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有有機溶劑。 The colored composition of the present invention may also contain an organic solvent.

有機溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性或著色組成物的塗佈性,則基本上無特別限制,但特佳為考慮紫外線吸收劑、鹼可溶性樹脂或分散劑等的溶解性、塗佈性、安全性來選擇。另外,當製備本發明中的著色組成物時,較佳為含有至少2種有機溶劑。 The organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component or the coating property of the coloring composition, but it is particularly preferable to consider solubility, coating property, and safety of an ultraviolet absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, or a dispersant. Sex to choose. Further, when preparing the coloring composition of the present invention, it is preferred to contain at least two kinds of organic solvents.

作為有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可適宜地列舉乙酸乙 酯、乙酸-正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如:氧基乙酸甲酯、氧基乙酸乙酯、氧基乙酸丁酯(例如甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:3-氧基丙酸甲酯、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及,作為醚類,例如可適宜地列舉二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及,作為酮類,例如可適宜地列舉甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等,以及,作為芳香族烴類,例如可適宜地列舉甲苯、二甲苯等。 As the organic solvent, as the ester, for example, acetic acid B can be suitably cited. Ester, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate An alkyl oxyacetate (for example: methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (such as methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, Methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), alkyl 3-oxopropionate (for example: methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (for example) Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), 2-oxopropane Base esters (for example: methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, propyl 2-oxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-methoxyl) Ethyl propionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-oxy-2-methylpropanoate And ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropanoate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), pyruvic acid Methyl ester, acetone Ethyl acetate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate methyl acetate, ethyl acetate ethyl acetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, etc., and, as the ether, for example, suitably Listed diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and, as ketones, For example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, and 3-heptanone are exemplified, and examples of the aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene and xylene.

就紫外線吸收劑及鹼可溶性樹脂的溶解性、塗佈面狀的 改良等的觀點而言,將2種以上的該些有機溶劑混合亦較佳。於此情況下,特佳為如下的混合溶液,其包含選自所述3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚、及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中的2種以上。 Solubility of UV absorber and alkali-soluble resin, coating surface From the viewpoint of improvement or the like, it is also preferred to mix two or more kinds of these organic solvents. In this case, a mixed solution selected from the group consisting of the methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, and lactate B is particularly preferred. Ester, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate Two or more kinds of propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

就塗佈性的觀點而言,有機溶劑於著色組成物中的含量較佳為設為組成物的總固體成分濃度變成5質量%~80質量%的量,更佳為組成物的總固體成分濃度變成5質量%~60質量%的量,特佳為組成物的總固體成分濃度變成10質量%~50質量%的量。 From the viewpoint of the coating property, the content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the composition becomes 5% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably the total solid content of the composition. The concentration is 5% by mass to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably the total solid content of the composition is 10% by mass to 50% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有1種有機溶劑,亦可含有2種以上。 當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of organic solvent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<<交聯劑>> <<Crosslinker>>

亦可於本發明的著色組成物中補充性地使用交聯劑,而進一步提高使著色組成物硬化而成的硬化膜的硬度。 Further, the crosslinking agent may be used in the colored composition of the present invention to further increase the hardness of the cured film obtained by curing the colored composition.

作為交聯劑,只要是可藉由交聯反應而進行膜硬化者,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉:(a)環氧樹脂;(b)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、及醯氧基甲基中的至少1種取代基取代的三聚氰胺化合物、胍胺化合物、甘脲化合物或脲化合物;(c)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、及醯氧基甲基中的至少1種取代基取代的苯酚化合物、萘酚化合物或羥基蒽化合物。其中,較佳為多官能環氧 樹脂。 The crosslinking agent is not particularly limited as long as it can be cured by a crosslinking reaction, and examples thereof include (a) an epoxy resin; and (b) a methyl group selected from a methyl group and an alkoxy group. a melamine compound, a guanamine compound, a glycoluril compound or a urea compound substituted with at least one substituent in the group and the methoxymethyl group; (c) selected from a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, and an anthracene oxygen group A phenol compound, a naphthol compound or a hydroxyquinone compound substituted with at least one substituent of the methyl group. Among them, a polyfunctional epoxy is preferred Resin.

關於交聯劑的具體例等的詳細情況,可參照日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0134~段落0147的記載。 For details of specific examples of the crosslinking agent, etc., reference is made to paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116.

當於本發明的著色組成物中含有交聯劑時,交聯劑的調配量並無特別規定,但較佳為組成物的總固體成分的2質量%~30質量%,更佳為3質量%~20質量%。 When the crosslinking agent is contained in the coloring composition of the present invention, the amount of the crosslinking agent is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 2% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. %~20% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有1種交聯劑,亦可含有2種以上。 當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of crosslinking agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<<聚合抑制劑>> <<Polymerization inhibitor>>

於本發明的著色組成物中,為了於所述著色組成物的製造過程中或保存過程中,阻止聚合性化合物的不需要的熱聚合,理想的是添加少量的聚合抑制劑。 In the colored composition of the present invention, in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound during or during the production of the colored composition, it is desirable to add a small amount of a polymerization inhibitor.

作為可用於本發明的聚合抑制劑,可列舉:對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚(pyrogallol)、第三丁基兒茶酚、苯醌、4,4'-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺三價鈰鹽等。 Examples of the polymerization inhibitor which can be used in the present invention include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, and benzene.醌, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N - nitrosophenylhydroxylamine trivalent phosphonium salt and the like.

當於本發明的著色組成物中含有聚合抑制劑時,相對於所有組成物的質量,聚合抑制劑的添加量較佳為約0.01質量%~約5質量%。 When the polymerization inhibitor is contained in the colored composition of the present invention, the amount of the polymerization inhibitor added is preferably from about 0.01% by mass to about 5% by mass based on the mass of all the compositions.

本發明的組成物可僅含有1種聚合抑制劑,亦可含有2種以上。當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<<界面活性劑>> <<Interfacial active agent>>

於本發明的著色組成物中,就進一步提昇塗佈性的觀點而言,亦可添加各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。 In the colored composition of the present invention, various surfactants may be added from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and an anthrone-based surfactant can be used.

尤其,本發明的著色組成物藉由含有氟系界面活性劑,作為塗佈液來製備時的液體特性(特別是流動性)進一步提昇,因此可進一步改善塗佈厚度的均勻性或省液性。 In particular, the coloring composition of the present invention further improves liquid characteristics (particularly fluidity) when it is prepared as a coating liquid by containing a fluorine-based surfactant, so that uniformity of coating thickness or liquid-saving property can be further improved. .

即,當使用應用了含有氟系界面活性劑的著色組成物的塗佈液來形成膜時,使被塗佈面與塗佈液的界面張力下降,藉此對於被塗佈面的潤濕性得到改善,且對於被塗佈面的塗佈性提昇。因此,就即便於以少量的液量形成幾μm左右的薄膜的情況下,亦可更適宜地進行厚度不均小的厚度均勻的膜形成的觀點而言有效。 In other words, when a film is formed using a coating liquid to which a coloring composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant is applied, the interfacial tension between the surface to be coated and the coating liquid is lowered, whereby the wettability to the surface to be coated is lowered. It is improved and the coatability to the coated surface is improved. Therefore, even when a film having a thickness of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective to form a film having a uniform thickness with a small thickness unevenness.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率適宜的是3質量%~40質量%,更佳為5質量%~30質量%,特佳為7質量%~25質量%。 氟含有率為該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑就塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的觀點而言有效,於著色組成物中的溶解性亦良好。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is suitably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 7% by mass to 25% by mass. Fluorine content rate The fluorine-based surfactant in this range is effective from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film or the liquid-saving property, and the solubility in the colored composition is also good.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:美佳法(Megafac)F171、Megafac F172、Megafac F173、Megafac F176、Megafac F177、Megafac F141、Megafac F142、Megafac F143、Megafac F144、Megafac R30、Megafac F437、Megafac F475、Megafac F479、Megafac F482、Megafac F554、Megafac F780、Megafac F781(以上,迪愛生(股份)製造),弗洛德(Fluorad)FC430、Fluorad FC431、Fluorad FC171(以上,住友3M(Sumitomo 3M)(股份)製造),沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-103、Surflon SC-104、Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC1068、Surflon SC-381、Surflon SC-383、Surflon S393、Surflon KH-40(以上,旭硝子(股份)製造)等。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include Megafac F171, Megafac F172, Megafac F173, Megafac F176, Megafac F177, Megafac F141, Megafac F142, Megafac F143, Megafac F144, Megafac R30, Megafac F437, and Megafac F475. , Megafac F479, Megafac F482, Megafac F554, Megafac F780, Megafac F781 (above, manufactured by Di Ai Sheng (share)), Fluorad FC430, Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M (share) manufacturing), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S393, Surflon KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.).

作為非離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可列舉:甘油(glycerol)、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該些的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如甘油(glycerol)丙氧基化物、甘油(glycerin)乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯(巴斯夫公司製造的Pluronic L10、Pluronic L31、Pluronic L61、Pluronic L62、Pluronic 10R5、Pluronic 17R2、Pluronic 25R2,Tetronic304、Tetronic701、Tetronic704、Tetronic901、Tetronic904、Tetronic150R1),Solsperse20000(日本路博潤(股份))等。 Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol). ) propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc., polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxygen Vinyl nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, Pluronic L31, Pluronic L61, Pluronic L62, manufactured by BASF Corporation, Pluronic 10R5, Pluronic 17R2, Pluronic 25R2, Tetronic304, Tetronic701, Tetronic704, Tetronic901, Tetronic904, Tetronic150R1), Solsperse20000 (Lubricol, Japan).

作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可列舉:酞青衍生物(商品名:EFKA-745,森下產業(股份)製造),有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(信越化學工業(股份)製造),(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物Polyflow No.75、Polyflow No.90、Polyflow No.95(共榮社化學(股份)製造),W001(裕商(股份)製造)等。 Specific examples of the cation-based surfactant include an indigo derivative (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Industry Co., Ltd.), and an organic siloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow No. 75, Polyflow No. 90, Polyflow No. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), and the like.

作為陰離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可列舉:W004、W005、W017(裕商(股份)公司製造)等。 Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.).

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:東麗.道康寧(股份)製造的「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC3PA」、「Toray Silicone SH7PA」、「Toray Silicone DC11PA」、「Toray Silicone SH21PA」、「Toray Silicone SH28PA」、「Toray Silicone SH29PA」、「Toray Silicone SH30PA」、「Toray Silicone SH8400」,邁圖高新材料(Momentive Performance Materials)公司製造的「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」,信越矽利光(Shinetsu silicone)股份有限公司製造的「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」,畢克化學公司製造的「BYK307」、「BYK323」、「BYK330」等。 Examples of the anthrone-based surfactant include Toray. "Toray Silicone DC3PA", "Toray Silicone SH7PA", "Toray Silicone SH11PA", "Toray Silicone SH21PA", "Toray Silicone SH28PA", "Toray Silicone SH29PA", "Toray" manufactured by Dow Corning (share) Silicone SH30PA", "Toray Silicone SH8400", "TSF-4440", "TSF-4300", "TSF-4445", "TSF-4460", "TSF-4452" manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials "KP341", "KF6001", "KF6002" manufactured by Shintosu Silicon Co., Ltd., "BYK307", "BYK323", "BYK330" manufactured by BYK Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.

當於本發明的著色組成物中含有界面活性劑時,相對於著色組成物的總質量,界面活性劑的添加量較佳為0.001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。 When the surfactant is contained in the colored composition of the present invention, the amount of the surfactant added is preferably from 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass based on the total mass of the coloring composition. %.

本發明的組成物可僅含有1種界面活性劑,亦可含有2種以上。當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, and may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<<有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐>> <<Organic carboxylic acid, organic carboxylic anhydride>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有分子量為1000以下的有機羧酸、及/或有機羧酸酐。 The colored composition of the present invention may further contain an organic carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less and/or an organic carboxylic anhydride.

作為有機羧酸化合物,具體而言,可列舉脂肪族羧酸或芳香族羧酸。作為脂肪族羧酸,例如可列舉:甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、戊酸、三甲基乙酸、己酸、乙醇酸、丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸等一元羧酸,草酸、丙二酸、丁二酸、戊二酸、己二酸、庚二酸、 環己烷二羧酸、環己烯二羧酸、衣康酸、檸康酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸等二羧酸,1,2,3-丙三甲酸、鳥頭酸等三羧酸等。另外,作為芳香族羧酸,例如可列舉:苯甲酸、鄰苯二甲酸等羧基直接鍵結於苯基上而成的羧酸,以及自苯基經由碳鍵而鍵結有羧基的羧酸類。該些之中,特佳為分子量為600以下,尤其分子量為50~500者,具體而言,例如較佳為順丁烯二酸、丙二酸、丁二酸、衣康酸。 Specific examples of the organic carboxylic acid compound include an aliphatic carboxylic acid or an aromatic carboxylic acid. Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include monocarboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, trimethylacetic acid, caproic acid, glycolic acid, acrylic acid, and methacrylic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, and the like. Succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, Dicarboxylic acid such as cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, 1,2,3-propanetricarboxylic acid, bird head A tricarboxylic acid or the like such as an acid. In addition, examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include a carboxylic acid in which a carboxyl group such as benzoic acid or phthalic acid is directly bonded to a phenyl group, and a carboxylic acid in which a carboxyl group is bonded to a phenyl group via a carbon bond. Among these, a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly a molecular weight of 50 to 500 is particularly preferable. Specifically, for example, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, and itaconic acid are preferable.

作為有機羧酸酐,例如可列舉脂肪族羧酸酐、芳香族羧酸酐,具體而言,例如可列舉:乙酸酐、三氯乙酸酐、三氟乙酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、丁二酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、檸康酸酐、衣康酸酐、戊二酸酐、1,2-環己烯二羧酸酐、正十八基丁二酸酐、5-降冰片烯-2,3-二羧酸酐等脂肪族羧酸酐。作為芳香族羧酸酐,例如可列舉:鄰苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三甲酸酐、均苯四甲酸酐、萘二甲酸酐等。該些之中,特佳為分子量為600以下,尤其分子量為50~500者,具體而言,例如較佳為順丁烯二酸酐、丁二酸酐、檸康酸酐、衣康酸酐。 Examples of the organic carboxylic acid anhydride include an aliphatic carboxylic acid anhydride and an aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride. Specific examples thereof include acetic anhydride, trichloroacetic anhydride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and succinic anhydride. , maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, 1,2-cyclohexene dicarboxylic anhydride, n-octadecyl succinic anhydride, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylate An aliphatic carboxylic acid anhydride such as an acid anhydride. Examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride include phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and naphthalic anhydride. Among these, a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly a molecular weight of 50 to 500 is particularly preferable. Specifically, for example, maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and itaconic anhydride are preferable.

當於本發明的著色組成物中含有有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐時,於總固體成分中,有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐的添加量通常為0.01wt%~10wt%,較佳為0.03wt%~5wt%,更佳為0.05wt%~3wt%的範圍。 When the organic carboxylic acid or the organic carboxylic acid anhydride is contained in the colored composition of the present invention, the organic carboxylic acid and/or the organic carboxylic anhydride is usually added in an amount of from 0.01% by weight to 10% by weight, preferably 0.03, based on the total solid content. It is in the range of wt% to 5 wt%, more preferably 0.05 wt% to 3 wt%.

本發明的組成物可分別僅含有1種有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐,亦可含有2種以上。當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成 為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of organic carboxylic acid and/or organic carboxylic anhydride, and may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is For the stated range.

藉由添加該些分子量為1000以下的有機羧酸、及/或有機羧酸酐,可一面保持高圖案密著性,一面進一步減少著色組成物的未溶解物的殘存。 By adding these organic carboxylic acids having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less and/or an organic carboxylic anhydride, it is possible to further reduce the residual of the undissolved matter of the colored composition while maintaining high pattern adhesion.

除所述以外,於著色組成物中,視需要可調配各種添加物,例如填充劑、密著促進劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等。作為該些添加物,可列舉日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0155~段落0156中所記載者,該些的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 In addition to the above, various additives such as a filler, an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an anti-agglomerating agent, and the like may be added to the coloring composition as needed. As such additives, those described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A-2004-295116 can be incorporated into the specification of the present application.

於本發明的著色組成物中,可含有日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0078中所記載的增感劑或光穩定劑、該公報的段落0081中所記載的熱聚合防止劑。 In the coloring composition of the present invention, the sensitizer or light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116, and the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the publication may be contained.

本發明的組成物可分別僅含有1種所述成分,亦可含有2種以上。當含有2種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of the above-mentioned components, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<著色組成物的製備方法> <Method for Preparing Colored Composition>

本發明的著色組成物是藉由將所述成分混合來製備。 The colored composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the ingredients.

再者,當製備著色組成物時,可一次性調配構成著色組成物的各成分,亦可將各成分溶解.分散於溶劑中後依次調配。另外,進行調配時的投入順序或作業條件並無特別限制。例如,可將所有成分同時溶解.分散於溶劑中來製備組成物,視需要,亦可先將各成分適宜製成2種以上的溶液.分散液,於使用時(塗佈時)將該些溶液.分散液混合來作為組成物製備。 Furthermore, when preparing the colored composition, the components constituting the colored composition may be formulated at one time, and the components may be dissolved. Disperse in the solvent and then mix. In addition, the order of input or the working conditions at the time of preparation are not particularly limited. For example, all ingredients can be dissolved at the same time. The composition is prepared by dispersing in a solvent, and if necessary, the components may be suitably prepared into two or more kinds of solutions. Dispersion, these solutions are used (when applied). The dispersion was mixed to prepare as a composition.

以所述方式製備的著色組成物可利用較佳為孔徑為0.01μm~3.0μm,更佳為孔徑為0.05μm~0.5μm左右的過濾器等進行過濾後,供於使用。 The colored composition prepared in the above manner can be used by filtration using a filter having a pore diameter of preferably 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, more preferably a pore diameter of 0.05 μm to 0.5 μm.

本發明的著色組成物可較佳地用作彩色濾光片的著色層形成用著色組成物。更具體而言,本發明的著色組成物因可形成耐熱性及顏色特性優異的硬化膜,故可適宜地用於形成彩色濾光片的著色圖案(著色層)。另外,本發明的著色組成物可適宜地用作固體攝像元件(例如電荷耦合元件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)、互補金氧半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等)、或者液晶顯示裝置(液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD))或有機電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置中所使用的彩色濾光片等的著色圖案形成用著色組成物。進而,亦可適宜地用作印刷墨水、噴墨墨水及塗料等的製作用途。其中,可適宜地用作CCD及CMOS等固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片的製作用途。 The colored composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming a coloring layer of a color filter. More specifically, since the colored composition of the present invention can form a cured film excellent in heat resistance and color characteristics, it can be suitably used for forming a colored pattern (colored layer) of a color filter. Further, the colored composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a solid-state imaging device (for example, a charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), or the like) or a liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal) A coloring composition for forming a coloring pattern such as a color filter used in an image display device such as a display (Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)) or an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device. Further, it can also be suitably used as a production use for printing inks, inkjet inks, paints, and the like. Among them, it can be suitably used as a color filter for solid-state imaging elements such as CCD and CMOS.

<硬化膜、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片及彩色濾光片的製造方法> <Method for Producing Cured Film, Pattern Forming Method, Color Filter, and Color Filter>

其次,針對本發明中的硬化膜、圖案形成方法及彩色濾光片,經由其製造方法而進行詳述。 Next, the cured film, the pattern forming method, and the color filter in the present invention will be described in detail by a method of production thereof.

本發明的硬化膜是使本發明的著色組成物硬化而形成。所述硬化膜可較佳地用於彩色濾光片。 The cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the colored composition of the present invention. The cured film can be preferably used for a color filter.

本發明的圖案形成方法將本發明的著色組成物應用於 支撐體上來形成著色組成物層,並將不需要的部分去除,從而形成著色圖案。 The pattern forming method of the present invention applies the coloring composition of the present invention The support is formed to form a colored composition layer, and unnecessary portions are removed to form a colored pattern.

本發明的圖案形成方法可適宜地應用於彩色濾光片所具有的著色圖案(畫素)的形成。 The pattern forming method of the present invention can be suitably applied to the formation of a coloring pattern (pixel) which the color filter has.

本發明的組成物可利用所謂的光微影法並藉由圖案形成來製造彩色濾光片,亦可藉由乾式蝕刻法來形成圖案。 The composition of the present invention can be used to form a color filter by pattern formation by a so-called photolithography method, and can also be patterned by dry etching.

即,作為本發明的彩色濾光片的第一種製造方法,可例示如下的彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括:使用本發明的著色組成物於支撐體上形成著色組成物層的步驟;將所述著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及對經曝光的著色組成物層的未曝光部進行顯影的步驟。 That is, as a first method of manufacturing the color filter of the present invention, a method of producing a color filter comprising the step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition of the present invention can be exemplified. a step of exposing the colored composition layer into a pattern; and a step of developing the unexposed portion of the exposed colored composition layer.

另外,作為本發明的彩色濾光片的第二種製造方法,可例示如下的彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括:將著色組成物應用於支撐體上來形成著色組成物層,並進行硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於所述著色層上形成光阻劑層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影來對所述光阻劑層進行圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將所述抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩對所述著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟。 Moreover, as a second manufacturing method of the color filter of the present invention, a method of producing a color filter comprising: applying a colored composition to a support to form a colored composition layer and hardening can be exemplified. a step of forming a coloring layer; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; a step of patterning the photoresist layer by performing exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and The resist pattern is a step of dry etching the colored layer as an etch mask.

於本發明中,更佳為藉由光微影法來製造。 In the present invention, it is more preferably produced by photolithography.

以下對該些進行詳細敍述。 These will be described in detail below.

以下,針對本發明的圖案形成方法中的各步驟,經由固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的製造方法而進行詳細說明,但本發明並不限定於該方法。以下,有時將固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片簡 稱為「彩色濾光片」。 Hereinafter, each step in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described in detail via a method of manufacturing a color filter for a solid-state image sensor, but the present invention is not limited to this method. Hereinafter, a color filter for a solid-state imaging device may be used. It is called "color filter".

<<形成著色組成物層的步驟>> <<Steps of forming a colored composition layer>>

於形成著色組成物層的步驟中,將本發明的著色組成物應用於支撐體上來形成著色組成物層。 In the step of forming the colored composition layer, the colored composition of the present invention is applied to a support to form a colored composition layer.

作為可用於本步驟的支撐體,例如可使用在基板(例如矽基板)上設置有CCD(Charge Coupled Device)或CMOS(Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor)等攝像元件(光接收元件)的固體攝像元件用基板。 As a support which can be used in this step, for example, a solid-state image sensor in which an image pickup element (light receiving element) such as a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or a CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor) is provided on a substrate (for example, a germanium substrate) can be used. Substrate.

本發明中的著色圖案可形成於固體攝像元件用基板的攝像元件形成面側(表面),亦可形成於非攝像元件形成面側(背面)。 The colored pattern in the present invention may be formed on the imaging element forming surface side (surface) of the solid-state imaging element substrate, or may be formed on the non-imaging element forming surface side (back surface).

亦可於固體攝像元件中的著色圖案之間、或固體攝像元件用基板的背面設置遮光膜。 A light shielding film may be provided between the colored patterns in the solid-state image sensor or on the back surface of the solid-state image sensor substrate.

另外,為了改良與上部的層的密著、防止物質的擴散、或者為了基板表面的平坦化,視需要亦可於支撐體上設置底塗層。於底塗層中可調配溶劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、聚合抑制劑、界面活性劑、光聚合起始劑等,該些各成分較佳為自調配至所述本發明的組成物中的成分中適宜選擇。 Further, in order to improve the adhesion to the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of the substance, or to flatten the surface of the substrate, an undercoat layer may be provided on the support as needed. The solvent may be added to the undercoat layer, an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization inhibitor, a surfactant, a photopolymerization initiator, etc., and the components are preferably self-adapted into the composition of the present invention. Suitable for the selection of ingredients.

作為朝支撐體上賦予本發明的著色組成物的方法,可應用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗、網版印刷法等各種塗佈方法。 As a method of imparting the coloring composition of the present invention to a support, various coating methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing can be applied.

塗佈於支撐體上的著色組成物層的乾燥(預烘烤)可藉由加熱板、烘箱等,於50℃~140℃的溫度下進行10秒~300秒。 The drying (prebaking) of the colored composition layer coated on the support can be carried out at a temperature of 50 ° C to 140 ° C for 10 seconds to 300 seconds by means of a hot plate, an oven or the like.

<藉由光微影法來形成圖案的步驟> <Step of forming a pattern by photolithography>

<<曝光步驟>> <<Exposure step>>

於曝光步驟中,例如使用步進機等曝光裝置,隔著具有規定的遮罩圖案的遮罩對著色組成物層形成步驟中所形成的著色組成物層進行圖案曝光。藉此,可獲得硬化膜。 In the exposure step, for example, a coloring composition layer formed in the colored composition layer forming step is subjected to pattern exposure by using an exposure device such as a stepper through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. Thereby, a cured film can be obtained.

作為可於曝光時使用的放射線(光),尤其可較佳地使用g射線、i射線等紫外線(特佳為i射線)。照射量(曝光量)較佳為30mJ/cm2~1500mJ/cm2,更佳為50mJ/cm2~1000mJ/cm2,特佳為80mJ/cm2~500mJ/cm2As the radiation (light) which can be used for exposure, in particular, ultraviolet rays (particularly i-rays) such as g-rays and i-rays can be preferably used. Irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 30mJ / cm 2 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2, more preferably 50mJ / cm 2 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, and particularly preferably 80mJ / cm 2 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.

硬化膜(著色膜)的膜厚較佳為1.0μm以下,更佳為0.1μm~0.9μm,進而更佳為0.2μm~0.8μm。 The film thickness of the cured film (colored film) is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 μm to 0.9 μm, still more preferably 0.2 μm to 0.8 μm.

藉由將膜厚設為1.0μm以下,可獲得高解析性、高密著性,故較佳。 By setting the film thickness to 1.0 μm or less, high resolution and high adhesion can be obtained, which is preferable.

另外,於本步驟中,亦可適宜地形成具有0.7μm以下的薄的膜厚的硬化膜,藉由後述的圖案形成步驟來對所獲得的硬化膜進行顯影處理,藉此可獲得不僅為薄膜,而且顯影性、抑制表面粗糙、及圖案形狀優異的著色圖案。 Further, in this step, a cured film having a thin film thickness of 0.7 μm or less can be suitably formed, and the obtained cured film can be developed by a pattern forming step to be described later, whereby not only a film can be obtained. And a coloring pattern excellent in developability, suppression of surface roughness, and pattern shape.

<<顯影步驟>> <<Development step>>

繼而,進行鹼顯影處理,藉此曝光步驟中的光未照射部分的著色組成物層溶出至鹼性水溶液中,而僅殘留經光硬化的部分。 Then, an alkali development treatment is performed, whereby the colored composition layer of the unirradiated portion of the light in the exposure step is eluted into the alkaline aqueous solution, and only the photohardened portion remains.

作為顯影液,理想的是不對基底的攝像元件或電路等造成損害的有機鹼性顯影液。顯影溫度通常為20℃~30℃,顯影時間先 前為20秒~90秒。為了進一步去除殘渣,近年來亦存在實施120秒~180秒的情況。進而,為了進一步提昇殘渣去除性,有時亦將如下的步驟重複多次:每隔60秒抖落顯影液,進而重新供給顯影液。 As the developer, an organic alkaline developer which does not cause damage to an image pickup element or a circuit of the substrate is preferable. The development temperature is usually 20 ° C ~ 30 ° C, the development time first The front is 20 seconds to 90 seconds. In order to further remove the residue, in recent years, there have been cases in which 120 seconds to 180 seconds have been carried out. Further, in order to further improve the residue removal property, the following steps may be repeated a plurality of times: the developer is shaken off every 60 seconds, and the developer is supplied again.

作為顯影液中所使用的鹼劑,例如可列舉氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5,4,0]-7-十一烯等有機鹼性化合物,作為顯影液,較佳為使用以濃度變成0.001質量%~10質量%,較佳為變成0.01質量%~1質量%的方式,利用純水對該些鹼劑進行稀釋而成的鹼性水溶液。 Examples of the alkaline agent to be used in the developer include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and hydroxide. Organic basic compounds such as tetrabutylammonium, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5,4,0]-7-undecene, As the developer, an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting the alkali agents with pure water so as to have a concentration of 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass, is preferably used.

再者,於顯影液中亦可使用無機鹼,作為無機鹼,例如較佳為氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等。 Further, an inorganic base may be used in the developer, and as the inorganic base, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate or sodium metasilicate may be used.

再者,當使用了包含此種鹼性水溶液的顯影液時,通常於顯影後,利用純水進行清洗(淋洗)。 Further, when a developer containing such an aqueous alkaline solution is used, it is usually washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.

繼而,較佳為於實施乾燥後進行加熱處理(後烘烤)。 若形成多種顏色的著色圖案,則可針對各種顏色依次重複所述步驟來製造硬化皮膜。藉此,可獲得彩色濾光片。 Then, it is preferred to carry out heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. If a color pattern of a plurality of colors is formed, the steps can be sequentially repeated for each color to produce a hardened film. Thereby, a color filter can be obtained.

後烘烤是用以實現完全硬化的顯影後的加熱處理,且進行通常為100℃~240℃,較佳為200℃~240℃的熱硬化處理。 The post-baking is a heat treatment for developing after development which is completely hardened, and is usually subjected to a heat hardening treatment at 100 ° C to 240 ° C, preferably 200 ° C to 240 ° C.

可使用加熱板或對流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機 等加熱裝置,以成為所述條件的方式,藉由連續式或分批式來對顯影後的塗佈膜進行該後烘烤處理。 Can use heating plate or convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), high frequency heating machine The post-baking treatment is performed on the developed coating film by a continuous or batch method in such a manner as to be the above-described condition.

<藉由乾式蝕刻法來形成圖案的情況> <Case where a pattern is formed by dry etching>

當藉由乾式蝕刻來形成圖案時,可參考日本專利特開2013-64993號公報的記載,該些的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 When the pattern is formed by dry etching, the description of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-64993 can be incorporated into the specification of the present application.

再者,視需要,本發明的製造方法亦可具有作為固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的製造方法而公知的步驟來作為所述以外的步驟。例如於進行所述著色組成物層形成步驟、曝光步驟及圖案形成步驟後,視需要,亦可包含藉由加熱及/或曝光來對所形成的著色圖案進行硬化的硬化步驟。 In addition, the manufacturing method of the present invention may have a step known as a method of producing a color filter for a solid-state image sensor as a step other than the above. For example, after the colored composition layer forming step, the exposing step, and the pattern forming step, a hardening step of hardening the formed colored pattern by heating and/or exposure may be included as needed.

另外,當使用本發明的著色組成物時,例如存在如下的情況,即產生塗佈裝置噴出部的噴嘴或配管部的堵塞、或者由著色組成物或顏料於塗佈機內的附著.沈澱.乾燥所引起的污染等。因此,為了高效地清洗由本發明的著色組成物所造成的污染,較佳為將所述與本組成物相關的溶劑用作清洗液。另外,日本專利特開平7-128867號公報、日本專利特開平7-146562號公報、日本專利特開平8-278637號公報、日本專利特開2000-273370號公報、日本專利特開2006-85140號公報、日本專利特開2006-291191號公報、日本專利特開2007-2101號公報、日本專利特開2007-2102號公報、日本專利特開2007-281523號公報等中所記載的清洗液亦可適宜地用於本發明的著色組成物的清洗去除。 Further, when the colored composition of the present invention is used, for example, there is a case where clogging of the nozzle or the piping portion of the coating device discharge portion or adhesion of the colored composition or pigment in the coating machine occurs. precipitation. Pollution caused by drying, etc. Therefore, in order to efficiently clean the contamination caused by the colored composition of the present invention, it is preferred to use the solvent associated with the present composition as a cleaning liquid. In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The cleaning liquid described in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. 2007-281523, the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-2102, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-281523, and the like can also be used. It is suitably used for the cleaning and removal of the colored composition of the present invention.

所述之中,較佳為伸烷基二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯及伸烷基二醇單烷基醚。 Among them, an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether are preferred.

該些溶劑可單獨使用,亦可將2種以上混合使用。當將2種以上混合時,較佳為將具有羥基的溶劑與不具有羥基的溶劑混合。具有羥基的溶劑與不具有羥基的溶劑的質量比為1/99~99/1,較佳為10/90~90/10,更佳為20/80~80/20。特佳為丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate,PGMEA)與丙二醇單甲醚(Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether,PGME)的混合溶劑,且其比率為60/40。再者,為了提昇清洗液對於污染物的滲透性,亦可向清洗液中添加所述與本組成物相關的界面活性劑。 These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are mixed, it is preferred to mix a solvent having a hydroxyl group with a solvent having no hydroxyl group. The mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group to the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 80/20. Particularly preferred is a mixed solvent of Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate (PGMEA) and Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether (PGME) in a ratio of 60/40. Furthermore, in order to increase the permeability of the cleaning solution to the contaminants, the surfactant associated with the composition may also be added to the cleaning solution.

本發明的彩色濾光片因使用本發明的著色組成物,故可進行曝光餘裕(exposure margin)優異的曝光,並且所形成的著色圖案(著色畫素)的圖案形狀優異,圖案表面的粗糙或顯影部中的殘渣得到抑制,因此成為顏色特性優異者。 Since the color filter of the present invention uses the coloring composition of the present invention, it is possible to perform exposure with excellent exposure margin, and the formed color pattern (colored pixel) has an excellent pattern shape, and the surface of the pattern is rough or Since the residue in the developing unit is suppressed, it is excellent in color characteristics.

本發明的彩色濾光片可適宜地用於CCD、CMOS等固體攝像元件,特別適合如超過100萬畫素的高解析度的CCD或CMOS等。本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片例如可用作配置在構成CCD或CMOS的各畫素的光接收部、與用於聚光的微透鏡之間的彩色濾光片。 The color filter of the present invention can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD or a CMOS, and is particularly suitable for a high-resolution CCD or CMOS such as more than one million pixels. The color filter for a solid-state image sensor of the present invention can be used, for example, as a color filter disposed between a light receiving portion constituting each pixel of a CCD or CMOS and a microlens for collecting light.

再者,作為本發明的彩色濾光片中的著色圖案(著色畫素)的膜厚,較佳為2.0μm以下,更佳為1.0μm以下,進而更佳為0.7μm以下。 In addition, the film thickness of the colored pattern (colored pixel) in the color filter of the present invention is preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.7 μm or less.

另外,作為著色圖案(著色畫素)的尺寸(圖案寬度),較佳為2.5μm以下,更佳為2.0μm以下,特佳為1.7μm以下。 Further, the size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less.

<固體攝像元件> <Solid image sensor>

本發明的固體攝像元件具備已述的本發明的彩色濾光片。作為本發明的固體攝像元件的構成,只要是具備本發明中的彩色濾光片、且作為固體攝像元件發揮功能的構成,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉如下的構成。 The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the color filter of the present invention described above. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a color filter of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device. For example, the following configuration is exemplified.

該構成如下:於支撐體上具有構成固體攝像元件(CCD影像感測器、CMOS影像感測器等)的光接收區域的多個光二極體、及包含多晶矽等的轉移電極,於所述光二極體及所述轉移電極上具有僅對光二極體的光接收部開口的包含鎢等的遮光膜,於遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜的整個面、及光二極體光接收部的方式形成的包含氮化矽等的元件保護膜,於所述元件保護膜上具有本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片。 The configuration includes a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving region of a solid-state imaging device (a CCD image sensor, a CMOS image sensor, etc.) and a transfer electrode including a polysilicon or the like on the support, and the light is The polarizer and the transfer electrode have a light-shielding film containing tungsten or the like which is opened only to the light-receiving portion of the photodiode, and is formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving portion. The element protective film containing a tantalum nitride or the like has the color filter for a solid-state image sensor of the present invention on the element protective film.

進而,亦可為如下的構成等:於所述元件保護層上、且於彩色濾光片下(靠近支撐體之側)具有聚光機構(例如微透鏡等。 以下相同)的構成,或者於彩色濾光片上具有聚光機構的構成。 Further, a configuration may be employed in which a light collecting means (for example, a microlens or the like) is provided on the element protective layer and under the color filter (on the side close to the support). The configuration of the following is the same or the configuration of the light collecting means on the color filter.

<圖像顯示裝置> <Image display device>

本發明的彩色濾光片不僅可用於所述固體攝像元件,而且可用於液晶顯示裝置或有機EL顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置,特別適合液晶顯示裝置的用途。具備本發明的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置可顯示高畫質圖像,該高畫質圖像的顯示圖像的色調良好且顯示 特性優異。 The color filter of the present invention can be used not only for the solid-state imaging device but also for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic EL display device, and is particularly suitable for use in a liquid crystal display device. A liquid crystal display device having the color filter of the present invention can display a high-quality image, and the display image of the high-quality image has good color tone and display Excellent characteristics.

關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細情況,於例如「電子顯示元件(佐佐木 昭夫著,工業調查會(Kogyo Chosakai Publishing)(股份)1990年發行)」、「顯示元件(伊吹 順章著,產業圖書(Sangyo Tosho)(股份)1989年發行)」等中有記載。 另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,於例如「下一代液晶顯示技術(內田 龍男編輯,工業調查會(股份)1994年發行)」中有記載。可應用本發明的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示技術」中所記載的各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 For the definition of the display device or the details of each display device, for example, "Electronic display elements (Kosyo Chosakai Publishing (shares) issued in 1990)", "Display elements (Ibuki Shunzhang, The industrial book (Sangyo Tosho) (issued in 1989) is listed in the book. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next-generation liquid crystal display technology (edited by Uchida Natsuo, Industrial Research Association (share), 1994). The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next generation liquid crystal display technology".

本發明的彩色濾光片亦可用於彩色薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,於例如「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股份)1996年發行)」中有記載。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、多域垂直配向(Multi-Domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)等畫素分割方式等的視角被擴大的液晶顯示裝置,或者超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、光學補償傾斜(Optically Compensated Splay,OCS)、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)、以及反射光學補償彎曲(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等。 The color filter of the present invention can also be used for a color film transistor (Thin Film Transistor (TFT) type liquid crystal display device. A color TFT liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Color TFT Liquid Crystal Display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., 1996)". Further, the present invention can also be applied to a liquid crystal whose viewing angle is expanded, such as a horizontal electric field driving method such as In-Plane Switching (IPS) or a pixel division method such as Multi-Domain Vertical Alignment (MVA). Display device, or Super Twisted Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (VA), Optically Compensated Splay (OCS), Fringe Field Switching ( Fringe Field Switching (FFS), and Reflective Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB).

另外,本發明中的彩色濾光片亦可供於明亮且高精細的彩色 濾光片陣列(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。於COA方式的液晶顯示裝置中,對於彩色濾光片層的要求特性除如上所述的通常的要求特性以外,有時需要對於層間絕緣膜的要求特性,即低介電常數及耐剝離液性。於本發明的彩色濾光片中,因使用色相優異的色素多聚體,故色純度、透光性等良好且著色圖案(畫素)的色調優異,因此可提供解析度高且長期耐久性優異的COA方式的液晶顯示裝置。再者,為了滿足低介電常數的要求特性,亦可於彩色濾光片層上設置樹脂被膜。 In addition, the color filter of the present invention is also available for bright and high-definition color. Color-filter On Array (COA) mode. In the COA liquid crystal display device, in addition to the usual required characteristics as described above, the required characteristics of the color filter layer may require characteristics for the interlayer insulating film, that is, low dielectric constant and peeling resistance. . In the color filter of the present invention, since a dye multimer having excellent hue is used, color purity, light transmittance, and the like are excellent, and color tone (pixel) is excellent in color tone, so that high resolution and long-term durability can be provided. Excellent COA liquid crystal display device. Further, in order to satisfy the required characteristics of a low dielectric constant, a resin film may be provided on the color filter layer.

關於該些圖像顯示方式,於例如「EL、電漿顯示面板(Plasma Display Panel,PDP)、LCD顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(東麗研究中心(Toray Research Center)調査研究部門2001年發行)」的第43頁等中有記載。 For the image display methods, for example, "EL, Plasma Display Panel (PDP), LCD Display - Technology and Market Trends - (Toray Research Center Research and Research Department 2001) It is described on page 43 of the issue).

具備本發明中的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置除本發明中的彩色濾光片以外,亦包含電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光源、間隔片、視角保障膜等各種構件。本發明的彩色濾光片可應用於包含該些公知的構件的液晶顯示裝置中。關於該些構件,於例如「'94液晶顯示器周邊材料.化學品的市場(島 健太郎CMC(股份)1994年發行)」、「2003液晶相關市場的現狀與未來展望(下卷)(表 良吉 富士凱美萊總研(Fuji Chimera Research Institute)(股份),2003年發行)」中有記載。 The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention includes various members such as an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle securing film, in addition to the color filter of the present invention. The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device including these well-known members. For example, "The market of the '94 liquid crystal display peripheral materials and chemicals (Island Kentaro CMC (share) issued in 1994), "2003 liquid crystal related market status and future prospects (volume) (Table Liangji Fuji It is described in the Fuji Chimera Research Institute (shares, issued in 2003).

關於背光源,於「資訊顯示學會會議摘要(SID(The Society for Information Display)meeting Digest)」1380(2005)(A.今野 (A.Konno)等人)、或「顯示器月刊(Monthly Display)」2005年12月號的第18頁~第24頁(島康裕)、「顯示器月刊」2005年12月號的第25頁~第30頁(八木隆明)等中有記載。 For the backlight, in "The Society for Information Display (Meeting Digest)" 1380 (2005) (A. Iino (A.Konno) et al., or "Monthly Display" December 2005, pages 18 to 24 (Island Kang Yu), "Monitor Monthly", December 2005, page 25~ It is recorded on page 30 (Yumu Longming).

若將本發明中的彩色濾光片用於液晶顯示裝置,則當與先前公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時可實現高對比度,進而,藉由將紅、綠、藍的LED光源(RGB-LED)作為背光源,而可提供亮度高、色純度高且顏色再現性良好的液晶顯示裝置。 When the color filter of the present invention is used for a liquid crystal display device, high contrast can be achieved when combined with a three-wavelength tube of a previously known cold cathode tube, and further, by using red, green, and blue LED light sources ( As a backlight, RGB-LED can provide a liquid crystal display device having high luminance, high color purity, and good color reproducibility.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,藉由實施例來更具體地說明本發明,但本發明只要不超出其主旨,則並不限定於以下的實施例。再者,只要事先無特別說明,則「%」及「份」為質量基準。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by the examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the scope of the invention is not exceeded. In addition, "%" and "parts" are quality standards unless otherwise specified.

<色素化合物A-1的合成例> <Synthesis Example of Pigment Compound A-1>

(中間物1的合成) (Synthesis of Intermediate 1)

於國際公開WO2013/082409號手冊的化合物No.2的合成例中,將碘甲烷變成碘乙烷來獲得中間物1。 In the synthesis example of the compound No. 2 of the handbook of International Publication WO 2013/082409, the methyl iodide was changed to ethyl iodide to obtain the intermediate 1.

(中間物2的合成) (Synthesis of Intermediate 2)

於國際公開WO2013/031838號手冊的例示化合物1的酸性紅289的醯氯化過程中,使用中間物1來獲得中間物2。 In the hydrazine chlorination of the acid red 289 of the exemplified compound 1 of the International Publication WO 2013/031838, the intermediate 1 was used to obtain the intermediate 2.

(中間物3的合成) (Synthesis of Intermediate 3)

使中間物2(7.98g)溶解於二氯甲烷40ml中,並於冰浴中進行攪拌。向該溶液中滴加N-乙基乙醇胺(1.88g),於室溫下攪拌三小時後,利用1N鹽酸水100ml進行水洗,其後利用飽和食鹽水進行水洗。利用硫酸鈉對有機層進行乾燥後,使進行了減壓濃縮的殘渣溶解於氯仿50ml中,藉由管柱層析法(氯仿:乙酸乙酯=7:3)進行精製後,獲得6.65g的中間物3。 Intermediate 2 (7.98 g) was dissolved in 40 ml of dichloromethane and stirred in an ice bath. N-ethylethanolamine (1.88 g) was added dropwise to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for three hours, and then washed with 100 ml of 1N hydrochloric acid water, and then washed with saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and the residue was concentrated in vacuo to 50 ml of chloroform and purified by column chromatography (chloroform: ethyl acetate = 7:3) to give 6.65 g. Intermediate 3.

最大吸收波長:543nm(甲醇) Maximum absorption wavelength: 543nm (methanol)

(中間物4的合成) (Synthesis of Intermediate 4)

使中間物3(5g)、甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯(0.96g)、奈歐斯特(Neostann)U-600(日東化成製造)10mg、2,6-二第三丁基-4-甲基苯酚(5mg)溶解於二甲基乙醯胺30ml中,並於60℃下攪拌4小時。向水100ml中添加反應液,並利用乙酸乙酯100ml進行萃取。其後,利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,並進行減壓濃縮。向其殘渣中添加乙腈100ml並攪拌1小時後進行過濾,而獲得4.5g的中間物4。 Intermediate 3 (5 g), 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (0.96 g), Neostann U-600 (manufactured by Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd.) 10 mg, 2,6-di-t-butyl 4-Methylphenol (5 mg) was dissolved in 30 ml of dimethylacetamide and stirred at 60 ° C for 4 hours. The reaction liquid was added to 100 ml of water, and extracted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate. Thereafter, it was dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. 100 ml of acetonitrile was added to the residue and stirred for 1 hour, followed by filtration to obtain 4.5 g of Intermediate 4.

最大吸收波長:543nm(甲醇) Maximum absorption wavelength: 543nm (methanol)

(色素化合物A-1的合成) (Synthesis of Pigment Compound A-1)

使中間物4(4g)溶解於甲醇20ml中,添加N,N-雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰(1.16g),並於室溫下攪拌1小時。其後,利用水100ml、乙酸乙酯100ml進行萃取,利用硫酸鈉對有機層進行乾燥,並進行減壓濃縮。向所獲得的殘渣中添加乙腈50ml並進行分散清洗,然後進行過濾,而獲得色素化合物A-1(4g)。 Intermediate 4 (4 g) was dissolved in 20 ml of methanol, and lithium N,N-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) phthalimide (1.16 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Thereafter, the mixture was extracted with 100 ml of water and 100 ml of ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. 50 ml of acetonitrile was added to the obtained residue, followed by dispersion washing, followed by filtration to obtain a pigment compound A-1 (4 g).

最大吸收波長:543nm(甲醇) Maximum absorption wavelength: 543nm (methanol)

<色素化合物A-2的合成例> <Synthesis Example of Pigment Compound A-2>

於色素化合物A-1的合成例中,將N,N-雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰變成N,N-雙(九氟丁磺醯基)醯亞胺鉀,除此以外,相同地進行合成,而獲得色素化合物A-2。 In the synthesis example of the pigment compound A-1, lithium N,N-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfoximine is converted into potassium N,N-bis(nonafluorobutyrylsulfonyl) sulfoxide. The synthesis was carried out in the same manner to obtain the pigment compound A-2.

最大吸收波長:543nm(甲醇) Maximum absorption wavelength: 543nm (methanol)

<色素化合物A-3的合成例> <Synthesis Example of Pigment Compound A-3>

於色素化合物A-1的合成例中,將N,N-雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰變成N,N-六氟丙烷-1,3-二磺醯基醯亞胺鉀,除此以外,相同地進行合成,而獲得色素化合物A-3。 In the synthesis example of the pigment compound A-1, lithium N,N-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfoximine is converted into potassium N,N-hexafluoropropane-1,3-disulfonyl sulfoximine In the same manner as above, the synthesis was carried out in the same manner to obtain the pigment compound A-3.

最大吸收波長:543nm(甲醇) Maximum absorption wavelength: 543nm (methanol)

<色素化合物A-4的合成例> <Synthesis Example of Pigment Compound A-4>

於色素化合物A-1的合成例中,將N,N-雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰變成四(五氟苯基)硼酸鋰-乙醚錯合物,除此以外,相同地進行合成,而獲得色素化合物A-4。 In the synthesis example of the dye compound A-1, the lithium N,N-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfoximine is converted into lithium tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate-ethyl ether complex, and the same is true. The synthesis was carried out to obtain the pigment compound A-4.

最大吸收波長:543nm(甲醇) Maximum absorption wavelength: 543nm (methanol)

<色素化合物A-5~色素化合物A-15> <Pigment Compound A-5~ Pigment Compound A-15>

根據所述合成例,合成成為後述的重複單元A-5~重複單元A-15的原料的單體。 According to the synthesis example, a monomer which is a raw material of the repeating unit A-5 to repeating unit A-15 which will be described later is synthesized.

<色素多聚體P-1的合成例> <Synthesis Example of Pigment Polymer P-1>

向三口燒瓶中添加環己酮24g,並於氮氣環境下加熱至90℃。歷時1小時向該溶液中滴加色素化合物A-1(31.3g,25mmol)、甲基丙烯酸(6.45g,75mmol)、十二基硫醇(1.89g,9.35mmol)、2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁酸)二甲酯[商品名:V601,和光純藥工業(股份)製造](4.31g,18.7mmol)、環己酮(65.9g)的混合溶液。其後,於90℃下攪拌3小時後,冷卻至室溫為止,滴加至乙酸乙酯/乙腈=1156mL/144mL的混合溶劑中進行再沈澱。 於40℃下進行1日吹風乾燥後,獲得20.1g的中間物P-1。中間物P-1的酸值為2.02mmol/g,藉由1H-核磁共振(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance,NMR)來確認組成比(莫耳比),結果色素部:甲基丙烯酸部=25:75。 24 g of cyclohexanone was added to a three-necked flask and heated to 90 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere. To the solution was added dropwise a pigment compound A-1 (31.3 g, 25 mmol), methacrylic acid (6.45 g, 75 mmol), dodecyl mercaptan (1.89 g, 9.35 mmol), 2,2'-even over 1 hour. A mixed solution of nitrogen bis(isobutyrate) dimethyl ester [trade name: V601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (4.31 g, 18.7 mmol) and cyclohexanone (65.9 g). Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 3 hours, and then cooled to room temperature, and added dropwise to a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate / acetonitrile = 1156 mL / 144 mL to carry out reprecipitation. After drying at 40 ° C for 1 day, 20.1 g of Intermediate P-1 was obtained. The acid value of the intermediate P-1 was 2.02 mmol/g, and the composition ratio (mole ratio) was confirmed by 1 H-nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). As a result, the dye portion: methacrylic acid portion = 25:75 .

向三口燒瓶中添加以上所獲得的中間物P-1(12.5g)、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(2.68g)、溴化四乙基銨(0.5g)、對甲氧基苯酚(0.015g)、環己酮(83.3g),並於空氣下以105℃攪拌4小時。 其後,放置冷卻至室溫為止,滴加至乙酸乙酯/乙腈=748mL/39mL的混合溶劑中進行再沈澱。於40℃下進行1日吹風乾燥後,獲得5.52g的色素多聚體P-1。色素多聚體P-1的酸值為0.94mmol/g, 藉由1H-NMR來確認組成比(莫耳比),結果色素部:甲基丙烯酸部:聚合性基含有部=25:40:35。 The intermediate P-1 (12.5 g) obtained above, glycidyl methacrylate (2.68 g), tetraethylammonium bromide (0.5 g), and p-methoxyphenol (0.015 g) were added to a three-necked flask. Cyclohexanone (83.3 g) was stirred at 105 ° C for 4 hours under air. Thereafter, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and added dropwise to a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate / acetonitrile = 748 mL / 39 mL to carry out reprecipitation. After drying at 40 ° C for 1 day, 5.52 g of the dye multimer P-1 was obtained. The acid value of the dye polymer P-1 was 0.94 mmol/g, and the composition ratio (mol ratio) was confirmed by 1 H-NMR. As a result, the dye portion: methacrylic acid portion: polymerizable group-containing portion = 25: 40 :35.

<色素多聚體P-2~色素多聚體P-15的合成例> <Synthesis Example of Pigment Polymer P-2 to Pigment Polymer P-15>

以使色素多聚體P-1中的色素化合物A-1及其他化合物變成下述表1中所記載的重複單元的方式變更單體,除此以外,進行相同的操作來進行合成。 The monomer was changed in such a manner that the dye compound A-1 and other compounds in the dye multimer P-1 were changed to the repeating unit described in the following Table 1, and the same operation was carried out to carry out the synthesis.

以下表示構成所述色素多聚體的各重複單元。 The respective repeating units constituting the dye multimer are shown below.

[化81] [化81]

[化83] [化83]

[實施例及比較例] [Examples and Comparative Examples]

1.抗蝕液的製備 1. Preparation of resist liquid

將下述組成的成分混合並溶解,製備底塗層用抗蝕液。 A component for the undercoat layer was prepared by mixing and dissolving the components of the following composition.

<底塗層用抗蝕液的組成> <Composition of resist liquid for undercoat layer>

(TAZ-107,綠化學公司製造) (TAZ-107, manufactured by Green Chemical Co., Ltd.)

2.帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板的製作 2. Fabrication of tantalum wafer substrate with undercoat

於烘箱中以200℃對6吋矽晶圓進行30分鐘加熱處理。繼而,將所述抗蝕液以乾燥膜厚變成1.5μm的方式塗佈於該矽晶圓上,進而於220℃的烘箱中進行1小時加熱乾燥而形成底塗層,從而獲 得帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板。 The 6-inch wafer was heat-treated at 200 ° C for 30 minutes in an oven. Then, the resist liquid was applied onto the tantalum wafer so as to have a dry film thickness of 1.5 μm, and further dried in an oven at 220 ° C for 1 hour to form an undercoat layer. A silicon wafer substrate with an undercoat layer.

3.著色組成物的製備 3. Preparation of coloring composition

3-1.藍色顏料分散液的製備 3-1. Preparation of Blue Pigment Dispersion

以如下方式製備藍色顏料分散液1。 The blue pigment dispersion 1 was prepared in the following manner.

利用珠磨機(beads mill)(氧化鋯珠,直徑為0.3mm),對包含13.0份的C.I.顏料藍15:6(藍色顏料,平均粒徑為55nm)、及5.0份的作為顏料分散劑的Disperbyk111、82.0份的PGMEA的混合液進行3小時混合.分散,而製備顏料分散液。其後,進而使用帶有減壓機構的高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(日本BEE(股份)製造),於2000kg/cm3的壓力下以500g/min的流量進行分散處理。將該分散處理重複10次,而獲得實施例或比較例的著色組成物中所使用的藍色用顏料分散液1(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液,顏料濃度為13%)。 Using a beads mill (zirconia beads, diameter 0.3 mm), containing 13.0 parts of CI Pigment Blue 15:6 (blue pigment, average particle diameter of 55 nm), and 5.0 parts as a pigment dispersant A mixture of Disperbyk 111 and 82.0 parts of PGMEA was mixed for 3 hours. Dispersion to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a pressure reducing mechanism was used, and dispersion treatment was carried out at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 . This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times, and the blue pigment dispersion liquid 1 (CI Pigment Blue 15:6 dispersion liquid having a pigment concentration of 13%) used in the coloring composition of the example or the comparative example was obtained.

針對所獲得的藍色顏料分散液,利用動態光散射法(Microtrac Nanotrac UPA-EX150(日機裝公司(Nikkiso Co.,Ltd.)製造))測定顏料的粒徑,結果為24nm。 The particle diameter of the pigment was measured by a dynamic light scattering method (Microtrac Nanotrac UPA-EX150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.)), and the result was 24 nm.

3-2.著色組成物的製備 3-2. Preparation of coloring composition

將下述的各成分混合後分散、溶解,而獲得實施例及比較例的各著色組成物。 Each of the components described below was mixed, dispersed, and dissolved to obtain each of the colored compositions of the examples and the comparative examples.

硬化性化合物 Sclerosing compound

KAYARAD DPHA(日本化藥股份有限公司製造,二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯) KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate)

A-DPH-12E(新中村化學製造,伸乙氧基改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯)[化86] A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., ethoxylated modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate) [Chem. 86]

4.利用著色組成物的彩色濾光片的製作 4. Production of color filters using coloring compositions

<圖案形成> <pattern formation>

將以所述方式製備的實施例及比較例的各著色組成物塗佈於所述2.中所獲得的帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板的底塗層上,而形成著色組成物層(塗佈膜)。然後,使用100℃的加熱板,以該塗佈膜的乾燥膜厚變成0.6μm的方式進行120秒加熱處理(預烘烤)。 Each of the colored compositions of the examples and the comparative examples prepared in the manner described above was applied onto the undercoat layer of the undercoated germanium wafer substrate obtained in the above, to form a colored composition layer. (Coating film). Then, a heating plate of 100 ° C was used, and heat treatment (prebaking) was performed for 120 seconds so that the dry film thickness of the coating film became 0.6 μm.

繼而,使用i射線步進式曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(佳能(Canon)(股份)製造),於365nm的波長下,透過圖案為各邊 1.0μm的正方形的島(Island)圖案遮罩,以50mJ/cm2~1200mJ/cm2的各種曝光量進行曝光。 Then, using an i-ray stepwise exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon), a square island mask having a pattern of 1.0 μm on each side was transmitted at a wavelength of 365 nm to 50 mJ. The exposure was performed at various exposure amounts of /cm 2 to 1200 mJ/cm 2 .

其後,將形成有經照射的塗佈膜的矽晶圓基板載置於旋轉.噴淋顯影機(DW-30型,Chemitronics(股份)製造)的水平旋轉台上,使用CD-2000(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronic Materials)(股份)製造)於23℃下進行60秒覆液式顯影,而於矽晶圓基板上形成著色圖案。 Thereafter, the germanium wafer substrate on which the irradiated coating film is formed is placed on the rotation. Spray-developer (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics), using CD-2000 (Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) for 60 seconds at 23 ° C Developing, and forming a colored pattern on the germanium wafer substrate.

藉由真空夾盤方式來將形成有著色圖案的矽晶圓固定於所述水平旋轉台上,利用旋轉裝置以50r.p.m.的轉速使所述矽晶圓基板旋轉,並自其旋轉中心的上方,自噴出噴嘴呈噴淋狀地供給純水來進行淋洗處理,其後進行噴霧乾燥。 The germanium wafer on which the colored pattern is formed is fixed on the horizontal rotating table by a vacuum chuck method, and the germanium wafer substrate is rotated by a rotating device at a rotation speed of 50 rpm, and is above the center of rotation thereof. The pure water was supplied from the discharge nozzle in a shower form to perform a rinsing treatment, and then spray-dried.

以所述方式,製作具有藉由實施例或比較例的著色組成物所形成的著色圖案的單色的彩色濾光片。 In the manner described above, a monochrome color filter having a colored pattern formed by the coloring composition of the embodiment or the comparative example was produced.

其後,使用測長掃描式電子顯微鏡(Scanning Electron Microscope,SEM)「S-9260A」(日立先端科技(Hitachi High-Technologies)(股份)製造),測定著色圖案的尺寸。將圖案尺寸變成1.0μm的曝光量設為最佳曝光量。 Thereafter, the size of the colored pattern was measured using a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) "S-9260A" (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd.). The exposure amount in which the pattern size was changed to 1.0 μm was set as the optimum exposure amount.

5.性能評價 5. Performance evaluation

5-1.耐熱性 5-1. Heat resistance

將塗佈有以上所獲得的著色組成物的矽晶圓基板以利用所述基板面來接觸的方式載置於200℃的加熱板上,進行1小時加熱後,利用色度計MCPD-1000(大塚電子(股份)製造),測定加熱 前後的色差(△E*ab值),並將其作為評價熱牢固性的指標,根據下述判定基準進行評價。△E*ab值的值越小,表示耐熱性越良好。 再者,△E*ab值為根據利用CIE1976(L*,a*,b*)空間表色系統的以下的色差公式所求出的值(日本色彩學會編 新編色彩科學手冊(1985年)p.266)。 The tantalum wafer substrate coated with the coloring composition obtained above was placed on a hot plate at 200 ° C so as to be in contact with the substrate surface, and heated for 1 hour, and then a colorimeter MCPD-1000 was used ( Otsuka Electronics (share manufacturing), measuring heating The color difference (ΔE*ab value) before and after was used as an index for evaluating the heat fastness, and was evaluated based on the following criteria. The smaller the value of the ΔE*ab value, the better the heat resistance. Furthermore, the ΔE*ab value is a value obtained by the following color difference formula using the CIE1976 (L*, a*, b*) spatial color system (Japanese Color Society, New Color Science Handbook (1985) p .266).

△E*ab={(△L*)2+(△a*)2+(△b*)2}1/2 △E*ab={(△L*) 2 +(△a*) 2 +(△b*) 2 } 1/2

藉由以下的基準來進行評價。 The evaluation was performed by the following criteria.

A:△E*ab的值為0以上、未滿1.0 A: The value of △E*ab is 0 or more and less than 1.0.

B:△E*ab的值為1.0以上、未滿3.0 B: The value of ΔE*ab is 1.0 or more and less than 3.0.

C:△E*ab的值為3.0以上 C: ΔE*ab has a value of 3.0 or more

5-2.環己烷溶解性 5-2. Cyclohexane solubility

藉由以下的基準來評價所獲得的著色組成物於25℃下對於PGMEA的溶劑溶解性。 The solvent solubility of the obtained coloring composition to PGMEA at 25 ° C was evaluated by the following criteria.

A:顯示出12.5質量%以上的溶解性的情況 A: shows a solubility of 12.5 mass% or more

B:10質量%以上、未滿12.5質量%的情況 B: 10% by mass or more and less than 12.5% by mass

C:5質量%以上、未滿10質量%的情況 C: 5 mass% or more and less than 10 mass%

D:未滿5質量%的情況 D: less than 5 mass%

5-3.色移評價 5-3. Color shift evaluation

利用MCPD-3000(大塚電子(股份)製造)測定各彩色濾光片中的著色圖案的吸光度(吸光度A)。 The absorbance (absorbance A) of the colored pattern in each color filter was measured by MCPD-3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.).

以乾燥膜厚變成1μm的方式,將CT-2000L溶液(富士軟片電子材料(股份)製造;透明基底劑)塗佈於彩色濾光片的著色圖案形成面上,並進行乾燥,形成透明膜後,於280℃下進行5分鐘加熱處理。 A CT-2000L solution (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.; transparent base agent) was applied onto the colored pattern forming surface of the color filter so as to have a dry film thickness of 1 μm, and dried to form a transparent film. Heat treatment was carried out at 280 ° C for 5 minutes.

加熱結束後,利用MCPD-3000(大塚電子(股份)製造)測定鄰接於著色圖案的透明膜的吸光度(吸光度B)。 After the completion of the heating, the absorbance (absorbance B) of the transparent film adjacent to the colored pattern was measured by MCPD-3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.).

關於所獲得的透明膜的吸光度B的值,算出相對於加熱前所測定的著色圖案的吸光度A的值的比例[%][下述(式A)]。將其作為對朝鄰接畫素的色移進行評價的指標。 With respect to the value of the absorbance B of the obtained transparent film, the ratio [%] of the value of the absorbance A of the colored pattern measured before heating was calculated [the following (Formula A)]. This is used as an index for evaluating the color shift of adjacent pixels.

(式A)色移(%)=吸光度B/吸光度A×100 (Formula A) Color shift (%) = absorbance B / absorbance A × 100

A:式A的值為0以上、未滿2 A: The value of the formula A is 0 or more and less than 2

B:式A的值為2以上~未滿5 B: The value of the formula A is 2 or more ~ less than 5

C:式A的值為5以上 C: the value of the formula A is 5 or more

5-4.顯影前後的分光評價 5-4. Spectral evaluation before and after development

以乾燥膜厚變成0.1μm的方式,將CT-4000L溶液(富士軟片電子材料(股份)製造;透明基底劑)塗佈於矽晶圓上,並進行乾燥,形成透明膜後,於220℃下進行5分鐘加熱處理。 A CT-4000L solution (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.; transparent base agent) was applied onto a ruthenium wafer so that the dry film thickness became 0.1 μm, and dried to form a transparent film at 220 ° C. Heat treatment was carried out for 5 minutes.

使用旋轉塗佈機,以膜厚變成0.6μm的方式塗佈所述著色組成物,並使用100℃的加熱板進行120秒加熱處理(預烘烤)。 The colored composition was applied so as to have a film thickness of 0.6 μm using a spin coater, and subjected to heat treatment (prebaking) for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 °C.

繼而,使用i射線步進式曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(佳能(股份) 製造),於365nm的波長下,以500mJ/cm2的曝光量進行曝光。 Then, exposure was performed at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm using an i-ray stepwise exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.).

利用紫外可見近紅外分光光度計UV3600(島津製作所製造)的分光光度計(參照:玻璃基板),於300nm~800nm的波長區域中測定以所述方式獲得的彩色濾光片的透過率。 The transmittance of the color filter obtained in the above manner was measured in a wavelength range of 300 nm to 800 nm by a spectrophotometer (see: glass substrate) of an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer UV3600 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation).

載置於旋轉.噴淋顯影機(DW-30型,Chemitronics(股份)製造)的水平旋轉台上,使用CD-2000(富士軟片電子材料(股份)製造)於23℃下進行60秒覆液式顯影,然後利用旋轉裝置以50r.p.m.的轉速使所述矽晶圓基板旋轉,並自其旋轉中心的上方,自噴出噴嘴呈噴淋狀地供給純水來進行淋洗處理,其後進行噴霧乾燥。進行乾燥後再次實施分光測定,如以下般評價顯影前後的透過率變動(當將顯影前的所述透過率設為T0,將顯影後的所述透過率設為T1時,由式|T0-T1|所表示的值)。B以上為實用水準。 Loaded in rotation. On a horizontal rotary table of a DJ-30 type (manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), a CD-2000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used for liquid-coat development at 23 ° C for 60 seconds, and then used. The crucible wafer was rotated by a rotating device at a rotation speed of 50 rpm, and pure water was supplied from a discharge nozzle from above to the center of rotation to perform rinsing treatment, followed by spray drying. After the drying, the spectrometry was again performed, and the transmittance change before and after the development was evaluated as follows (when the transmittance before development was T0 and the transmittance after development was T1, the formula |T0- The value represented by T1|). Above B is a practical level.

AA:於300nm~800nm的全部區域中,顯影前後的透過率變動未滿2% AA: The transmittance change before and after development is less than 2% in all areas from 300 nm to 800 nm.

A:於300nm~800nm的全部區域中,顯影前後的透過率變動為2%以上、未滿5% A: The transmittance change before and after development is 2% or more and less than 5% in all areas from 300 nm to 800 nm.

B:於300nm~800nm的全部區域中,顯影前後的透過率變動為5%以上、未滿10% B: The transmittance change before and after development is 5% or more and less than 10% in all regions from 300 nm to 800 nm.

C:於300nm~800nm的全部區域中,顯影前後的透過率變動為10%以上 C: The transmittance change before and after development is 10% or more in all regions from 300 nm to 800 nm.

如根據所述表而明確般,可知本發明的組成物的耐光性高,可有效地抑制顯影時的分光變化。進而,可知於耐熱性、溶劑溶解性、色移變化的抑制方面亦有效。 As is clear from the above table, it is understood that the composition of the present invention has high light resistance and can effectively suppress spectral change during development. Further, it is also effective in suppressing heat resistance, solvent solubility, and color shift change.

相對於此,當呫噸色素結構並非多聚體時(比較例1~比較例3),耐光性及/或顯影時的分光容易變化。進而,存在耐熱性、溶劑溶解性、色移變化的各評價亦欠佳的傾向。 On the other hand, when the xanthene dye structure is not a multimer (Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3), the light resistance and/or the spectral split at the time of development are likely to change. Further, each of the evaluations of heat resistance, solvent solubility, and color shift change tends to be unsatisfactory.

Claims (16)

一種著色組成物,其包括:色素多聚體,含有由通式(A1-1)所表示的重複單元及由通式(A1-2)所表示的重複單元的至少一者;以及硬化性化合物; 通式(A1-1)中,R1~R15中的1個為由下述通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,R1~R15的另外至少1個為陰離子性基或具有陰離子性基的取代基,R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基,R2及R4分別獨立地為芳香族烴基,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,R11~R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、羰基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、或磺醯基; 通式(A1-1-1)中,L11表示單鍵或二價的連結基,RX表示氫 原子、甲基、羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基; 通式(A1-2)中,R1~R15中的1個包含由所述通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構,R1及R3分別獨立地為脂肪族烴基,R2及R4分別獨立地為芳香族烴基,R5~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,R11~R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、羰基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、或磺醯基;X表示與呫噸的陽離子形成相對鹽的陰離子。 A coloring composition comprising: a dye multimer comprising at least one of a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-1) and a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-2); and a curable compound ; In the general formula (A1-1), one of R 1 to R 15 is a main chain structure represented by the following general formula (A1-1-1), and at least one of R 1 to R 15 is an anion. a substituent or an anion group-containing substituent, R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, R 2 and R 4 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 5 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen. An atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a carbonyl group, a nitro group, an amine group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, or Sulfonyl In the formula (A1-1-1), L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group; In the general formula (A1-2), one of R 1 to R 15 includes a main chain structure represented by the above formula (A1-1-1), and R 1 and R 3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. R 2 and R 4 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 5 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen. An atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a carbonyl group, a nitro group, an amine group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, or a sulfonyl group; and X represents an anion which forms a relative salt with a cation of xanthene. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色組成物,其中所述通式(A1-1)中的陰離子性基包含羧酸根陰離子、磺酸根陰離子、由通式(A1-1-2)所表示的陰離子或由通式(A1-1-3)所表示的陰離子,或者通式(A1-2)中的X為羧酸根陰離子、磺酸根陰離子、醯亞胺陰離子、甲基化物陰離子、及硼酸鹽陰離子中的任一種陰離子; 通式(A1-1-2)中,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,L2表示-SO2-或-CO-,G表示碳原子或氮原子,當G為碳原子時,n1表示2,當G為氮原子時,n1表示1,R6表示含有氟原子的烷基或含有氟原子的芳基,當n1為2時,2個R6彼此可相同,亦可不同; 通式(A1-1-3)中,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,L2表示-SO2-或-CO-,L3表示二價的連結基,G表示碳原子或氮原子,當G為碳原子時,n2表示1,當G為氮原子時,n2表示0,R7A及R7B分別獨立地表示含有氟原子的伸烷基或含有氟原子的伸芳基,RX表示氫原子、甲基、羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基。 The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the anionic group in the formula (A1-1) comprises a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, represented by the formula (A1-1-2) An anion or an anion represented by the formula (A1-1-3), or X in the formula (A1-2) is a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, a quinone anion, a methide anion, and a boric acid Any one of the salt anions; In the formula (A1-1-2), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, L 2 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-, and G represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and when G is a carbon atom, N1 represents 2, when G is a nitrogen atom, n1 represents 1, R 6 represents an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom, and when n1 is 2, two R 6 's may be the same or different; In the formula (A1-1-3), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, L 2 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-, L 3 represents a divalent linking group, and G represents a carbon atom or nitrogen. An atom, when G is a carbon atom, n2 represents 1, and when G is a nitrogen atom, n2 represents 0, and R 7A and R 7B each independently represent an alkylene group containing a fluorine atom or an extended aryl group containing a fluorine atom, R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚體進而具有鹼可溶性基。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the dye multimer further has an alkali-soluble group. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚體進而具有聚合性基。 The colored composition according to Item 1 or 2, wherein the dye multimer further has a polymerizable group. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述硬化性化合物為聚合性化合物,且進而含有光聚合起始劑。 The colored composition according to Item 1 or 2, wherein the curable compound is a polymerizable compound and further contains a photopolymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其更 包括具有酞青骨架的顏料。 Such as the coloring composition described in claim 1 or 2, A pigment having an indigo skeleton is included. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中 通式(A1-1)的R11~R15的1個及通式(A1-2)的R11~R15的1個為由通式(A1-1-1)所表示的主鏈結構。 The scope of the patent application to item 1 or 2 of the coloring composition, R wherein R formula (A1-1) and a formula of 11 ~ R 15 is (A1-2) of 11 ~ R 15 is One is a main chain structure represented by the general formula (A1-1-1). 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中通式(A1-1)的R2及R4、以及通式(A1-2)的R2及R4為苯基。 The patentable scope herein to item 1 or 2 of the coloring composition, wherein R and R of the general formula R 2 (A1-1) is 4, and the formula (A1-2) 2, and R 4 is phenyl . 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中通式(A1-1)的R2及R4、以及通式(A1-2)的R2及R4的至少1個由下述通式(A1-1-2)表示; 通式(A1-1-2)中,R23~R25分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、羥基、烷氧基、碳數為1~12的烷基、羰基、羰基醯胺基、磺醯基、磺醯基醯胺基、硝基、胺基、胺基羰基、胺基磺醯基、磺醯基醯亞胺基或羰基醯亞胺基,R22及R26分別獨立地表示碳數為1~5的烷基。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R 2 and R 4 of the formula (A1-1) and at least 1 of R 2 and R 4 of the formula (A1-2) One is represented by the following general formula (A1-1-2); In the formula (A1-1-2), R 23 to R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carbonyl guanamine group, or a sulfonate. a mercapto group, a sulfonylamino group, a nitro group, an amine group, an aminocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group, a sulfonyl quinone imine group or a carbonyl fluorenylene group, and R 22 and R 26 each independently represent a carbon The number is 1 to 5 alkyl groups. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中通式(A1-1)的R1及R3、以及通式(A1-2)的R1及R3分別獨立地為碳數為1~5的烷基。 The scope of the patent application to item 1 or 2 of the coloring composition, wherein R R formula (A1-1) is 1 and R 3, and the formula (A1-2) is 1 and R 3 are each independently It is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, which is used for forming a coloring layer of a color filter. 一種硬化膜,其是使如申請專利範圍第1項至第11項中任一項所述的著色組成物硬化而獲得。 A cured film obtained by curing the colored composition according to any one of the first to eleventh aspects of the invention. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括:使用如申請專利範圍第1項至第11項中任一項所述的著色組成物於支撐體上形成著色組成物層的步驟;將所述著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及對經曝光的著色組成物層的未曝光部進行顯影的步驟。 A method of producing a color filter, comprising: forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11; a step of exposing the composition layer to a pattern; and developing the unexposed portion of the exposed colored composition layer. 一種彩色濾光片,其包括如申請專利範圍第12項所述的硬化膜、或藉由如申請專利範圍第13項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法而獲得。 A color filter comprising the cured film according to claim 12 of the patent application or the method for producing a color filter according to claim 13 of the patent application. 一種固體攝像元件,其包括如申請專利範圍第14項所述的彩色濾光片。 A solid-state image pickup element comprising the color filter of claim 14 of the patent application. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其包括如申請專利範圍第14項所述的彩色濾光片。 An image display device comprising the color filter of claim 14 of the patent application.
TW104100133A 2014-01-31 2015-01-06 Colored composition, cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device TWI632202B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014017700A JP6251067B2 (en) 2014-01-31 2014-01-31 Coloring composition, cured film, method for producing color filter, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP2014-017700 2014-01-31

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201529746A TW201529746A (en) 2015-08-01
TWI632202B true TWI632202B (en) 2018-08-11

Family

ID=53756989

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104100133A TWI632202B (en) 2014-01-31 2015-01-06 Colored composition, cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6251067B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101899415B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI632202B (en)
WO (1) WO2015115416A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI827726B (en) * 2018-11-26 2024-01-01 日商保土谷化學工業股份有限公司 Xanthene dye, coloring composition containing the dye, colorant for color filter, and color filter

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6159309B2 (en) * 2014-01-31 2017-07-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI564658B (en) * 2015-03-30 2017-01-01 奇美實業股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and application thereof
KR102055478B1 (en) * 2015-09-21 2019-12-12 주식회사 엘지화학 Xanthene-based compound, colorant composition comprising the same and resin composition comprising the same
KR102124126B1 (en) * 2016-09-09 2020-06-17 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Novel compound, photosensitive resin composition including the same and color filter
JP6897685B2 (en) * 2016-09-16 2021-07-07 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Colored resin composition, cured product and image display device
JP6950070B2 (en) * 2016-12-19 2021-10-13 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored resin compositions for color filters, color material dispersions, color filters, and display devices
KR102268233B1 (en) * 2018-10-23 2021-06-23 주식회사 엘지화학 Compound, polymer, colorant composition, resin composition, photo resist, color filter and display device
KR20240044383A (en) * 2021-08-06 2024-04-04 도레이 카부시키가이샤 Xanthene compounds, resin compositions, cured products, method for producing cured products, organic EL displays and display devices

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201331191A (en) * 2011-12-14 2013-08-01 Nippon Kayaku Kk Xanthene compound
TW201350707A (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-16 Chen zheng he Vertical parallel coaxial planetary gear transmission system (2)

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5715380B2 (en) * 2010-06-30 2015-05-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored curable composition, color filter, production method thereof, solid-state imaging device, liquid crystal display device, and dye multimer
JP5623874B2 (en) * 2010-07-30 2014-11-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored curable composition, color filter, method for producing the same, solid-state imaging device including color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP5772263B2 (en) * 2010-07-30 2015-09-02 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter and display element
JP5619552B2 (en) * 2010-09-27 2014-11-05 大日本印刷株式会社 Triarylmethane dye
JP2013050707A (en) * 2011-08-02 2013-03-14 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Colored resin composition
KR101367581B1 (en) 2011-08-04 2014-03-14 주식회사 엘지화학 Polymer compounds comprising dye and curable resin composition comprising the same
JP5482878B2 (en) * 2012-01-30 2014-05-07 Jsr株式会社 Colorant, coloring composition, color filter and display element
JP6201325B2 (en) 2012-02-29 2017-09-27 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Kinophthalone dye monomer, colorable polymer using the same, colored photosensitive composition using the same, and use thereof
JP5775479B2 (en) * 2012-03-21 2015-09-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2013146218A1 (en) 2012-03-27 2013-10-03 日本化薬株式会社 Xanthene compound
KR101361679B1 (en) * 2012-03-30 2014-02-12 (주)경인양행 Xanthene dye compounds, colored resin composition comprising the same for color filter and color filter using the same
JP6018984B2 (en) * 2013-07-31 2016-11-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6162084B2 (en) * 2013-09-06 2017-07-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, polymer, xanthene dye
JP6159309B2 (en) * 2014-01-31 2017-07-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201331191A (en) * 2011-12-14 2013-08-01 Nippon Kayaku Kk Xanthene compound
TW201350707A (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-16 Chen zheng he Vertical parallel coaxial planetary gear transmission system (2)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI827726B (en) * 2018-11-26 2024-01-01 日商保土谷化學工業股份有限公司 Xanthene dye, coloring composition containing the dye, colorant for color filter, and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20160102272A (en) 2016-08-29
KR101899415B1 (en) 2018-10-31
JP2015145442A (en) 2015-08-13
WO2015115416A1 (en) 2015-08-06
JP6251067B2 (en) 2017-12-20
TW201529746A (en) 2015-08-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI667297B (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and dye multimer
TWI632202B (en) Colored composition, cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI583745B (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device
TWI644992B (en) Colored composition, cured film, pattern forming method,color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI541603B (en) Colored radiation-sensitive resin composition, colored cured film, color filter, forming method of pattern, manufacturing method of color filter, solid state imaging element and image display device
TWI608041B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI632204B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI570512B (en) Coloring composition, coloring cured film, color filter and fabricating method thereof, and solid state image device
TWI577750B (en) Colored composition, method for manufacturing color filter, method for manufacturing solid-state image sensing device, and method for manufacturing image display device
KR101892548B1 (en) Coloring composition, cured film using same, color filter, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI604018B (en) Red photo-sensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TW201627415A (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imagine element and image display device
TWI615673B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
JP6837988B2 (en) Coloring compositions, color filters, pattern forming methods, solid-state image sensors, image display devices and dye multimers
TW201728694A (en) Curable composition, optical filter, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-state image sensor, and image display device
TW201607995A (en) Colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and method for producing dye multimer
TW201533535A (en) Radiation-sensitive composition, method for manufacturing radiation-sensitive composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, method of forming patterns, solid-state imaging sensing device, and image display device
TWI631191B (en) Colored composition, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, colored filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and method for manufacturing colored composition